MIAMI COMPUTER SUPPLY CORP
S-8, 1998-06-10
PROFESSIONAL & COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Previous: TRANSCRYPT INTERNATIONAL INC, 8-K, 1998-06-10
Next: INKTOMI CORP, 424B4, 1998-06-10



<PAGE>

                                                         Registration No. 333-
                                                         Filed June 10, 1998

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

                              --------------------

                                    FORM S-8

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                              --------------------

                       Miami Computer Supply Corporation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Articles of Incorporation)

         Ohio                                          31-1001529
- ------------------------                   -----------------------------------
(State of Incorporation)                   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                         4750 Hempstead Station Drive
                              Dayton, Ohio 45429
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Miami Computer Supply Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (Full Title of the Plan)


                                           Copies to:
                                           Jeffrey A. Koeppel, Esq.
Michael E. Peppel                          Fiorello J. Vicencio, Jr., Esq.
President and Chief Executive Officer      Elias, Matz, Tiernan & Herrick L.L.P.
Miami Computer Supply Corporation          734 15th Street, N.W.
4750 Hempstead Station Drive               Washington, D.C.  20005  
Dayton, Ohio 45429                         (202) 347-0300
- -------------------------------------
(Name, address and telephone number
of agent for service)    


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Proposed
   Title of                       Proposed         Maximum
  Securities        Amount         Maximum        Aggregate      Amount of
     to be          to be      Offering Price      Offering     Registration
  Registered      Registered    Per Share(2)       Price(2)         Fee
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>              <C>          <C>               <C>            <C>
 Common Stock,
 no par value     120,000(1)      $17.25         $2,070,000         $611
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Represents an estimate of such presently undeterminable number of shares as
     may be purchased with employee contributions pursuant to the Miami Computer
     Supply Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan").  In addition,
     pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
     statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or
     sold pursuant to the employee benefit plan described herein.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, which
     has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(h).  The Proposed Maximum Offering
     Price Per Share is the average of the high and low prices of the common
     stock, no par value (the "Common Stock") of Miami Computer Supply
     Corporation (the "Company" or the "Registrant") on the Nasdaq Stock Market
     on June 5, 1998. 

                             --------------------

     This Registration Statement shall become effective automatically upon the
date of filing in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and 17 C.F.R. Section 230.462.


                                       2

<PAGE>

                                    PART I

<TABLE>

<S>       <C>
ITEM 1.   PLAN INFORMATION.*

ITEM 2.   REGISTRANT INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE PLAN ANNUAL INFORMATION.*

</TABLE>
- -------------------
*    Information required by Part I to be contained in the Section 10(a)
     prospectus is omitted from the Registration Statement in accordance with
     Rule 428 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"),
     and the Note to Part I on Form S-8.

                                    PART II

              INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE.

     The following documents filed or to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") are incorporated by reference in this
Registration Statement:

          (a)  The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
     December 31, 1997 filed with the Commission on March 25, 1998 (File No. 
     0-21561);

          (b)  All reports filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 
     15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange 
     Act"), since the end of the fiscal year covered by the financial 
     statements in the Annual Report referred to in clause (a) above;

          (c)  The description of the Common Stock of the Company contained 
     in the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 0-21561) 
     filed with the Commission on October 15, 1996 (which incorporates by 
     reference the section entitled "Description of Capital Stock" from the 
     Company's registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 
     333-12689);

          (d)  All documents filed by the Company and the Plan pursuant to 
     Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date 
     hereof and prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which 
     indicates that all securities offered have been sold or which 
     deregisters all securities then remaining unsold.

     Any statement contained in this Registration Statement, or in a document 
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, shall be 
deemed to be 


                                       3

<PAGE>

modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the 
extent that a statement contained herein, or in any other subsequently filed 
document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, 
modifies or supersedes such statement.  Any such statement so modified or 
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to 
constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

ITEM 4.   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.

     Not applicable since the Company's Common Stock is registered under 
Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

ITEM. 5.  INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL.

     Not applicable

ITEM 6.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         The Company is an Ohio corporation.  Section 1701.59 of the Ohio 
General Corporation law states:

         "(B) A director shall perform his duties as a director, including 
his duties as a member of any committee of the directors upon which he may 
serve, in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in or not 
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with the care that an 
ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar 
circumstances.  In performing his duties, a director is entitled to rely on 
information, opinions, reports, or statements, including financial statements 
and other financial data, that are prepared or presented by:

         (1)   One or more directors, officers, or employees of the 
corporation who the director reasonably believes are reliable and competent 
in the matters prepared or presented;

         (2)   Counsel, public accountants, or other persons as to matters 
that the director reasonably believes are within the person's professional or 
expert competence;

         (3)   A committee of the directors upon which he does not serve, 
duly established in accordance with a provision of the articles or the 
regulations, as to matters within its designated authority, which committee 
the director reasonably believes to merit confidence.

         (C)   For purposes of division (B) of this section:


                                       4

<PAGE>

         (1)   A director shall not be found to have violated his duties 
under division (B) of this section unless it is proved by clear and 
convincing evidence that the director has not acted in good faith, in a 
manner he reasonably believes to be in or not opposed to the best interests 
of the corporation, or with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a 
like position would use under similar circumstances in any action brought 
against a director, including actions involving or affecting any of the 
following: 

         (a)   A change or potential change in control of the corporation, 
including a determination to resist a change or potential change in control 
made pursuant to division (F)(7) of section 1701.13 of the Revised Code. 

         (b)   A termination or potential termination of his service to the 
corporation as a director;

         (c)   His service in any other position or relationship with the 
corporation.

         (2)   A director shall not be considered to be acting in good faith 
if he has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause 
reliance on information, opinions, reports, or statements that are prepared 
or presented by the persons described in divisions (B)(1) to (3) of this 
section to be unwarranted.

         (3)   Nothing contained in this division limits relief available 
under section 1701.60 of the Revised Code.

         (D)   A director shall be liable in damages for any action he takes 
or fails to take as a director only if it is proved by clear and convincing 
evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his action or failure to 
act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to cause 
injury to the corporation or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best 
interests of the corporation.  Nothing contained in this division affects the 
liability of directors under section 1701.95 of the Revised Code or limits 
relief available under section 1701.60 of the Revised Code.  This division 
does not apply if, and only to the extent that, at the time of a director's 
act or omission that is the subject of complaint, the articles for the 
regulations of the corporation state by specific reference to this division 
that the provisions of this division do not apply to the corporation.

         (E)   For purposes of this section, a director, in determining what 
he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation, shall 
consider the interests of the corporation's shareholders and, in his 
discretion, may consider any of the following:

         (1)   The interests of the corporation's employees, suppliers, 
creditors, and customers;

         (2)   The economy of the state and nation;

         (3)   Community and societal considerations;


                                       5

<PAGE>

         (4)   The long-term as well as short-term interests of the 
corporation and its shareholders, including the possibility that these 
interests may be best served by the continued independence of the corporation.

         (F)   Nothing contained in division (C) or (D) of this section 
affects the duties of either of the following:

         (1)   A director who acts in any capacity other than his capacity as 
a director;

         (2)   A director of a corporation that does not have issued and 
outstanding shares that are listed on a national securities exchange or are 
regularly quoted in an over-the-counter market by one or more members of a 
national or affiliated securities association, who votes for or assents to 
any action taken by the directors of the corporation that, in connection with 
a change in control of the corporation, directly results in the holder or 
holders or a majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation receiving 
a greater consideration for their shares than other shareholders."

         Section 1701.13(E) of the OGCL states:

         "(E)(1) A corporation may indemnify or agree to indemnify any person 
who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any 
threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, 
criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than an action by or in the 
right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, 
officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the 
request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, member, 
manager, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or 
for profit, a limited liability company, or a partnership, joint venture, 
trust, or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorney's fees, 
judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably 
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he 
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not 
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any 
criminal action or proceeding, if he had no reasonable cause to believe his 
conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by 
judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere 
or its equivalent, shall not, of it self, create a presumption that the 
person did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be 
in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect 
to any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that 
his conduct was unlawful.

         (2)   A corporation may indemnify or agree to indemnify any person 
who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, 
pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to 
procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that he is or was a 
director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was 
serving at the request of the corporation, as a director, trustee, officer, 
employee, member, manager, or agent of another corporation, domestic or 
foreign, nonprofit or for 


                                       6

<PAGE>

profit, a limited liability company, or a partnership, joint venture, trust, 
or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorney's fees, actually 
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement 
of such action or suit, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he 
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the 
corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any 
of the following:

         (a)   Any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person is 
adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his 
duty to the corporation unless, and only to the extent that, the court of 
common pleas of the court in which such action or suit was brought 
determines, upon application, that, despite the adjudication of liability, 
but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and 
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court of common 
pleas or such other court shall deem proper;

         (b)   Any action or suit in which the only liability asserted 
against a director is pursuant to section 1701.95 of the Revised Code. 

         (3)   To the extent that a director, trustee officer, employee, 
member, manager, or agent has been successful on the merits or otherwise in 
defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in division (E)(1) or 
(2) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he 
shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorney's fees, actually 
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit, or 
proceeding. 

         (4)   Any indemnification under division (E)(1) or (2) of this 
section, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the corporation only as 
authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of 
the director, trustee, officer, employee, member, manager or agent is proper 
in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct 
set forth in division (E)(1) or (2) of this section.  Such determination 
shall be made as follows:

         (a)   By a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the 
indemnifying corporation who were not and are to parties to or threatened 
with the action, suit, or proceeding referred to in division (E)(1) or (2) of 
this section;

         (b)   If the quorum described in division (E)(4)(a) of this section 
is not obtainable or if a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested 
directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal counsel other 
than an attorney, or a firm having associated with it an attorney, who has 
been retained by or who has performed services for the corporation or any 
person to be indemnified within the past five years; 

         (c)   By the shareholders;

         (d)   By the court of common pleas or the court in which the action, 
suit, or proceeding referred to in division (E)(1) or (2) of this section was 
brought.


                                       7

<PAGE>

         Any determination made by the disinterested directors under division 
(E)(4)(a) or by independent legal counsel under division (E)(4)(b) of this 
section shall be promptly communicated to the person who threatened or 
brought the action or suit by or in the right of the corporation under 
division (E)(2) of this section, and, within ten days after receipt of such 
notification, such person shall have the right to petition the court of 
common pleas or the court in which such action or suit was brought to review 
the reasonableness of such determination.

         (5)(a)  Unless at the time of a director's act or omission that is 
the subject of an action, suit, or proceeding referred to in division (E)(1) 
or (2) of this section, the articles or the regulations of a corporation 
state, by specific reference to this division, that the provisions of this 
division do not apply to the corporation and unless the only liability 
asserted against a director in an action, suit, or proceeding referred to in 
division (E)(1) or (2) of this section, the articles or the regulations of a 
corporation state, by specific reference to this division, that the 
provisions of this division do not apply to the corporation and unless the 
only liability asserted against a director in an action, suit, or proceeding 
referred to in division (E)(1) or (2) of this section is pursuant to section 
1701.95 of the Revised Code, expenses, including attorney's fees, incurred by 
a director in defending the action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the 
corporation as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of the 
action, suit, or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf 
of the director in which he agrees to do both of the following:

         (i)   Repay such amount if it is provided by clear and convincing 
evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his action or failure to 
act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to cause 
injury to the corporation or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best 
interests of the corporation;

         (ii)  Reasonably cooperate with the corporation concerning the 
action, suit, or proceeding.

         (b)   Expenses, including attorney's fees, incurred by a director, 
trustee, officer, employee, member, manager, or agent in defending any 
action, suit, or proceeding referred to in division (E)(1) or (2) of this 
section, may be paid by the corporation as they are incurred, in advance of 
the final disposition of the action, suit, or proceeding, as authorized by 
the directors in the specific case, upon the receipt of an undertaking by or 
on behalf of the director, trustee, officer, employee, member, manager, or 
agent to repay such amount, if it ultimately is determined that he is not 
entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

         (6)   The indemnification authorized by this section shall not be 
exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights granted to those 
seeking indemnification under the articles, the regulations, any agreement, a 
vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to 
action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity 
while holding their offices or positions, and shall continue as to a person 
who has ceased


                                       8

<PAGE>

to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, member, manager, or agent and 
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of 
such a person.

         (7)   A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish 
similar protection, including, but not limited to, trust funds, letters of 
credit, or self-insurance, on behalf of or for any person who is or was a 
director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was 
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, 
employee, member, manager, or agent of another corporation, domestic or 
foreign, nonprofit or for profit, a limited liability company, or a 
partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against any liability 
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out 
of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to 
indemnify him against such liability under this section.  Insurance may be 
purchased from or maintained with a person in which the corporation has a 
financial interest. 

         (8)   The authority of a corporation to indemnify persons pursuant 
to division (E)(1) or (2) of this section does not limit the payment of 
expenses as they are incurred, indemnification, insurance, or other 
protection that may be provided pursuant to divisions (E)(5), (6), and (7) of 
this section.  Divisions (E)(1) and (2) of this section do not create any 
obligation to repay or return payments made by the corporation pursuant to 
division (E)(5)(6), or (7). 

         (9)   As used in division (E) of this section, "corporation" 
includes all constituent entities in a consolidation or merger and the new or 
surviving corporation, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, 
employee, trustee, member, manager, or agent of such a constituent entity, or 
is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, 
trustee, officer, employee, member, manager, or agent or another corporation, 
domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, a limited liability company, or 
a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the 
same position under this section with respect to the new or surviving 
corporation as he would if he had served the new or surviving corporation in 
the same capacity." 

         The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company 
also limit the liability of, and provide indemnification to, directors and 
officers of the Company.  Article VIII of the Company's Articles states: 

         "A.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  No director shall be personally 
liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any 
act or omission by such director as a director; provided that a director's 
liability shall not be limited or eliminated to the extent that it is proved 
by clear and convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that 
his action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with 
deliberate intent to cause injury to the Corporation, or was undertaken with 
reckless disregard for the best interests of the Corporation.  No amendment 
to or repeal of this Article VIII.A. shall apply to or have any effect on the 
liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation 


                                       9


<PAGE>

for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior 
to such amendment.

         B.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who 
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, 
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, 
administrative, arbitrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such 
person is or was a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the 
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a 
director, trustee, officer, employee, member, manager or agent of another 
corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, a limited 
liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or 
employee benefit plan, against liability and expenses (including court costs 
and attorney's fees), judgments, fines, excise taxes and amounts paid in 
satisfaction, settlement or compromise actually and reasonably incurred by 
such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the full 
extent authorized by Section 1701.13 of the OGCL or any successor provision 
thereto. 

         C.  ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.  Reasonable expenses incurred by a 
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation in defending an 
action, suit or proceeding described in Article VIII.B. shall be paid by the 
Corporation as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of such 
action, suit or proceeding, as authorized by the Board of Directors only upon 
receipt of written affirmation by or on behalf of such person in which he 
agrees to do both of the following: (i) repay such amount if it is proved by 
clear and convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his 
action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with the 
deliberate intent to cause injury to the Corporation or undertaken with 
reckless disregard for the best interests of the Corporation, and (ii) 
reasonably cooperate with the Corporation concerning the action, suit or 
proceeding.

         D.  OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  The indemnification provided by this 
Article VIII shall not be deemed to exclude any other rights to which those 
seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the 
Corporation's Articles of Amendment, any insurance or other agreement, trust 
fund, letter of credit, surety bond, vote of stockholders or disinterested 
directors or otherwise, both as to actions in their official capacity and as 
to actions in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue 
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, member, 
manager or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and 
administrators of such person; provided that no indemnification shall be made 
to or on behalf of an individual in respect of any of the following: (i) any 
claim, issue, or matter as to which such person is adjudged to be liable for 
negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation 
unless, and only to the extent that, a court of competent jurisdiction 
determines that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all 
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled 
to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper; or (ii) any 
action or suit in which the only liability asserted against a director is 
pursuant to Section 1701.95 of the OGCL or any successor thereto.


                                    10

<PAGE>

         E.  INSURANCE.  Upon resolution passed by the Board of Directors, 
the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person 
who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or 
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, 
employee, member, manager or agent of another corporation, domestic or 
foreign, nonprofit or for profit, a limited liability company, partnership, 
joint venture, trust or another enterprise or employee benefit plan, against 
any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in any such capacity, 
or arising out of his status, whether or not the Corporation would have the 
power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this 
Article or the OGCL. 

         F.  MODIFICATION.  The duties of the Corporation to indemnify and to 
advance expenses to a director, officer, employee or agent provided in this 
Article VIII shall be in the nature of a contract between the Corporation and 
each such director, officer, employee or agent and no amendment or repeal of 
any provision of this Article VIII shall alter, to the detriment of such 
director, officer, employee or agent, the right of such person to the advance 
of expenses or indemnification related to a claim based on an act or failure 
to act which took place prior to such amendment or repeal."

         Article X of the Company's Amended and Restated Code of Regulations 
states: 

                 "(a) A director of the Corporation shall not be personally 
liable for monetary damages for action taken, or any failure to take action, 
as a director, to the extent set forth in the Corporation's Amended and 
Restated Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein 
with the same affect as if they were set forth herein.

                 (b) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who is a 
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the extent set 
forth in the Corporation's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, 
which provisions are incorporated herein with the same affect as if they were 
set forth herein."

         In addition, the Company has obtained a directors and officers 
liability insurance policy relating to certain actions or omissions which may 
be taken, or omitted to be taken, by the directors and officers of the 
Company, as well as a policy which insures against errors and omissions in 
the offering documents relating to the offer and sale of the Common Stock to 
the public. 

ITEM 7.   EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED.

     Not applicable since no restricted securities will be reoffered or 
resold pursuant to this Registration Statement.


                                  11

<PAGE>

ITEM 8.   EXHIBITS.

     The following exhibits are filed with this Registration Statement on 
Form S-8 (numbering corresponds to Exhibit Table in Item 601 of Regulation 
S-K):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     NO.     EXHIBIT
     --      -------
<S>          <C>
     4       Common Stock Certificate*

     23      Consent of Independent Accountants 

     24      Power of attorney for any subsequent amendments
             (located in the signature pages of this Registration
             Statement).    

     99   Miami Computer Supply Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
</TABLE>
____________________________

*    Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 (File No. 333-12689) filed with the Commission on September 25, 
1996, as amended.

     The Registrant will submit the Plan to the Internal Revenue Service 
("IRS") in order to receive a determination letter that the Plan is qualified 
under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and will submit 
any amendments to the Plan to the IRS in a timely manner, and will make all 
changes required by the IRS in order to qualify, or continue the 
qualification, of the Plan. 

ITEM 9.   UNDERTAKINGS.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     1.   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, 
a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement (i) to include any 
prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (ii) to 
reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective 
date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective 
amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a 
fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration 
Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume 
of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would 
not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high 
and of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of 
prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the 
aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent 
change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation 
of Registration Fee" table in the 


                                 12

<PAGE>

effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material 
information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed 
in the Registration Statement or any material change in such information in 
the Registration Statement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that clauses (i) and (ii) do 
not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective 
amendment by those clauses is contained in periodic reports filed with or 
furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) 
of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the Registration 
Statement.

     2.   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a 
new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and 
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the 
initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

     3.   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment 
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination 
of the offering.

     4.   That, for the purposes of determining any liability under the 
Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and each filing of the Plan's 
annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that is 
incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be 
a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and 
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the 
initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

     5.   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling 
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, 
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such 
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act 
and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for 
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the 
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling 
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or 
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in 
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless 
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling 
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether 
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


                                13

<PAGE>

                                      SIGNATURES

     THE REGISTRANT.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 
1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that 
it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused 
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, 
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dayton, State of Ohio, on this 10th 
day of June, 1998.

                                MIAMI COMPUTER SUPPLY CORPORATION


                           By:  /s/ Michael E. Peppel        
                                -----------------------------
                                Michael E. Peppel
                                President and Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this 
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the 
capacities and on the dates indicated.  Each person whose signature appears 
below hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Michael E. Peppel his true and 
lawful attorney, with full power to sign for such person and in such person's 
name and capacity indicated below, and with full power of substitution any 
and all amendments to this Registration Statement, hereby ratifying and 
confirming such person's signature as it may be signed by said attorney to 
any and all amendments.


/s/ Anthony W. Liberati
- -------------------------------                               June 10, 1998
Anthony W. Liberati
Chairman of the Board



/s/ Michael E. Peppel
- -------------------------------                               June 10, 1998
Michael E. Peppel
Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)



/s/ Robert G. Hecht
- -------------------------------                               June 10, 1998
Robert G. Hecht
Director and Vice Chairman of the Board


                                      14

<PAGE>

/s/ Harry F. Radcliffe
- -------------------------------                               June 10, 1998
Harry F. Radcliffe
Director and Treasurer



/s/ Thomas C. Winstel
- -------------------------------                               June 10, 1998
Thomas C. Winstel
Director, Secretary and Vice President



/s/ Ira H. Stanley
- -------------------------------                               June 10, 1998
Ira H. Stanley
Vice President--Finance
(Principal Financial and 
Accounting Officer)


                                      15

<PAGE>

     THE PLAN.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, 
the Trustee of the Plan has duly caused this Registration Statement to 
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the 
City of Dayton, State of Ohio, on June 10, 1998.


                              MIAMI COMPUTER SUPPLY CORPORATION
                              401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN



                         By:  /s/ Mary A. Stewart
                              -----------------------------------------------
                              Mary A. Stewart, Trustee, Miami Computer 
                              Supply Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan


                                      16


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23


                          [Price Waterhouse LLP Letterhead]



We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration
Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Miami Computer Supply Corporation 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan of our report dated Febraury 23, 1998 apearing in Miami
Computer Supply Corporation's Anual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997.






/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP

Price Waterhouse LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
June 10, 1998

<PAGE>

COMPREHENSIVE NONSTANDARDIZED SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN       
ADOPTION AGREEMENT 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 1. EMPLOYER INFORMATION  

           Name of Employer  Miami Computer Supply Corporation               
                             ----------------------------------------------

           Address  4750 Hempstead Station Drive      
                    -------------------------------------------------------

           City  Dayton              State  OH                Zip  45429 
               -------------------         ----------------      ----------

           Telephone 937-291-8282 Employer's Federal Tax Identification 
                     ------------          
                 Number  31-1001529
                        -----------
           Type of Business (CHECK ONLY ONE) [ ] Sole Proprietorship 
                                            [ ] Partnership  [X] C Corporation
                                         [ ] S Corporation  [ ] Other (SPECIFY)
    

           [ X]     Check here if Related Employers may participate in this
                    Plan and attach a Related Employer Participation
                    Agreement for each Related Employer who will participate
                    in this Plan.

           Business Code  5112, 5734, 7377
                        --------------------------------

           Name of Plan  Miami Computer Supply Corporation 401k Profit Sharing 
                        ------------------------------------------------------
                        Plan
                        ----

           Name of Trust (IF DIFFERENT FROM PLAN NAME) 
                                                      ------------------------

           Plan Sequence Number    002      (ENTER 001 IF THIS IS THE FIRST
                                ----------
           QUALIFIED PLAN THE EMPLOYER HAS EVER MAINTAINED, ENTER 002 IF IT
           IS THE SECOND, ETC.)   

           Trust Identification Number (IF APPLICABLE)               Account 
                                                       -------------
           Number (OPTIONAL) 777106
                                                      
SECTION 2.    EFFECTIVE DATES   COMPLETE PARTS A AND B
     PART A.  General Effective Dates (CHECK AND COMPLETE OPTION 1 OR 2):
              OPTION 1:   [ ]   This is the initial adoption of a
                                profit sharing plan by the Employer.  
                                The Effective Date of this Plan is      , 19  
                                                                  ------    --
                                NOTE: THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS USUALLY THE FIRST
                                DAY OF THE PLAN YEAR IN WHICH THIS ADOPTION
                                AGREEMENT IS SIGNED.  

              OPTION 2:   [X]   This is an amendment and restatement of an 
                                existing profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan). 
                                The Prior Plan was initially effective on 
                                01-01, 1987.
                                The Effective Date of this amendment and
                                restatement is 06-01, 1998.  
                                NOTE: THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS USUALLY THE FIRST 
                                DAY OF THE PLAN YEAR IN WHICH THIS ADOPTION 
                                AGREEMENT IS SIGNED.   

     PART B.  Specific Effective Dates:
     The provisions of the Plan will generally be effective as of the Effective
     Date specified in Section 2, Part A.  However, the following provisions
     will be effective on the dates indicated below (SPECIFY EFFECTIVE DATE ONLY
     IF LATER THAN THE GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE DESCRIBED IN SECTION 2, PART A):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     PROVISION                                                  EFFECTIVE DATE
<S>           <C>                                               <C>
     1.       Commencement of Elective Deferrals*                
                                                                 -------------
     2.       Matching Contributions (Section 7)                
                                                                 -------------
     3.       Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Section 8)    
                                                                 -------------
     4.       Qualified Matching Contributions (Section 9)       
                                                                 -------------
     5.       In-Service Withdrawals (Section 15, Part A, Item 6)
                                                                 -------------
     6.       Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals 
              (Section 15, Part A, Item 5)      
                                                                 -------------
     7.       Hardship Withdrawals (Section 15, Part A, Item 8) 
                                                                 -------------
     8.       Loans (Section 17, Item A)                  
                                                                 -------------
     9.       Participant Direction of Investments (Section 18) 
                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>

     *NOTE:  ELECTIVE DEFERRALS MAY COMMENCE NO EARLIER THAN THE DATE THIS
     ADOPTION AGREEMENT IS SIGNED BECAUSE ELECTIVE DEFERRALS CANNOT BE MADE
     RETROACTIVELY.

<PAGE>

SECTION 3.    RELEVANT TIME PERIODS  COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH D

     PART A.  Employer's Fiscal Year:
              The Employer's fiscal year ends (SPECIFY MONTH AND DATE) 12-31
                                                                       -----

     PART B.  Plan Year Means:
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  The 12-consecutive month period which
              coincides with the Employer's fiscal year.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  The calendar year.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)                    
                                                  ----------------------------
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

              If the initial Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan
              Year) specify such Plan Year's beginning and ending dates       
                                                                       -------
     PART C.  Limitation Year Means:
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  The Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  The calendar year.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)                      
                                                  -----------------------------
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART D.  Measuring Period For Vesting:
              Years of Vesting Service shall be measured over the following 
              12-consecutive month period:
              OPTION 1:       [X]  The Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  The 12-consecutive month period commencing
                                   with the Employee's Employment Commencement
                                   Date and each successive 12-month period
                                   commencing on the anniversaries of the
                                   Employee's Employment Commencement Date.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)                      
                                                  -----------------------------
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

SECTION 4.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH G

     PART A.  Years of Eligibility Service Requirement: 
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
                       An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing
                       Participant in the Plan (and thus be eligible to make
                       Elective Deferrals) after completing 1 (ENTER 0, 1
                                                           ---
                       OR ANY FRACTION LESS THAN 1) Years of Eligibility
                       Service.

              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                       Contributions, if applicable) will be made to the Plan,
                       a Contributing Participant will be eligible to receive
                       Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                       Contributions, if applicable) after completing 1 
                                                                     ---
                       (ENTER 0, 1, 2 OR ANY FRACTION LESS THAN 2) Years of
                       Eligibility Service.

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in
                       the Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of any
                       Employer Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant to
                       Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement after completing
                         1 (ENTER 0, 1, 2 OR ANY FRACTION LESS THAN 2) Years
                       ----
                       of Eligibility Service.

              NOTE: IF  MORE THAN 1 YEAR IS SELECTED FOR ITEM 2 OR ITEM 3, THE
              IMMEDIATE 100% VESTING SCHEDULE OF SECTION 13 WILL AUTOMATICALLY
              APPLY FOR CONTRIBUTIONS DESCRIBED IN SUCH ITEM. IF ANY ITEM IS
              LEFT BLANK, THE YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIRED FOR SUCH
              ITEM WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 0.  IF A FRACTION IS SELECTED, AN
              EMPLOYEE WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ANY SPECIFIED NUMBER OF
              HOURS OF SERVICE TO RECEIVE CREDIT FOR A FRACTIONAL YEAR.  IF A
              SINGLE ENTRY DATE IS SELECTED IN SECTION 4, PART G FOR AN ITEM,
              THE YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIRED FOR SUCH ITEM CANNOT
              EXCEED 1 1/2 (1/2 FOR ELECTIVE DEFERRALS).

<PAGE>

     PART B.  Age Requirement: 
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
                       An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing
                       Participant (and thus be eligible to make Elective
                       Deferrals) after attaining age 21 (NO MORE THAN 21).
                                                      --

              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                       Contributions, if applicable) will be made to the Plan,
                       a Contributing Participant will be eligible to receive
                       Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                       Contributions, if applicable) after attaining age 21 (NO
                       MORE THAN 21).

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in
                       the Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of any
                       Employer Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant to
                       Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement after attaining age
                       21 (NO MORE THAN 21).
                       --

     NOTE:  IF ANY OF THE ABOVE ITEMS IN THIS SECTION 4, PART B IS LEFT BLANK,
     IT WILL BE DEEMED THERE IS NO AGE REQUIREMENT FOR SUCH ITEM.  IF A SINGLE
     ENTRY DATE IS SELECTED IN SECTION 4, PART G FOR AN ITEM, NO AGE REQUIREMENT
     CAN EXCEED 20 1/2 FOR SUCH ITEM.

     PART C.  Employees Employed As of Effective Date:
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
                       Will all Employees employed as of the date that Elective
                       Deferrals may commence as specified in Section 2, Part B
                       who have not otherwise met the Years of Eligibility
                       Service and age requirements specified above for
                       Elective Deferrals be considered to have met those
                       requirements as of the Elective Deferral commencement
                       date?   [   ] Yes  [X] No

              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                       Contributions, if applicable) will be made to the Plan,
                       will all Employees employed as of the date that Elective
                       Deferrals may commence as specified in Section 2, Part B
                       who have not otherwise met the Years of Eligibility
                       Service and age requirements specified above for
                       Matching Contributions be considered to have met those
                       requirements as of the Elective Deferral commencement
                       date?   [ ] Yes  [X] No

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       Will all Employees employed as of the Effective Date of
                       this Plan who have not otherwise met the Years of
                       Eligibility Service and age requirements specified above
                       for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions be considered
                       to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date? 
                       [   ] Yes [X] No

     NOTE:  IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR ANY ITEM IN THIS SECTION 4, PART C, "NO"
     WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM. 

<PAGE>

     PART D.  Exclusion of Certain Classes of Employees:
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
                       All Employees will be eligible to become Contributing
                       Participants (and thus eligible to make Elective
                       Deferrals) except:
                       a.     [X]  Those Employees included in a unit of
                                   Employees covered by a collective bargaining
                                   agreement between the Employer and Employee
                                   representatives, if retirement benefits were
                                   the subject of good faith bargaining and if
                                   two percent or less of the Employees who are
                                   covered pursuant to that agreement are
                                   professionals as defined in 
                                   Section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations.  
                                   For this purpose, the term "employee 
                                   representatives" does not include any 
                                   organization more than half of whose members
                                   are Employees who are owners, officers, or
                                   executives of the Employer.
                       b.     [ ]  Those Employees who are non-resident aliens
                                   (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B)
                                   of the Code) and who received no earned
                                   income (within the meaning of Section
                                   911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer
                                   which constitutes income from sources within
                                   the United States (within the meaning of
                                   Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).
                       c.     [ ]  Those Employees of a Related Employer that
                                   have not executed a Related Employer
                                   Participation Agreement.
                       d.     [ ]  Other (DEFINE)                            
                                                 -----------------------------
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                                                
              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       All Contributing Participants will be eligible to
                       receive Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                       Contributions) if applicable, except:
                       a.     [X]  Those Employees included in a unit of 
                                   Employees covered by a collective 
                                   bargaining agreement between the Employer 
                                   and Employee representatives, if 
                                   retirement benefits were the subject of 
                                   good faith bargaining and if two percent 
                                   or less of the Employees who are covered 
                                   pursuant to that agreement are 
                                   professionals as defined in Section 
                                   1.410(b)-9 of the regulations.  For this 
                                   purpose, the term "employee 
                                   representatives" does not include any 
                                   organization more than half of whose 
                                   members are Employees who are owners, 
                                   officers, or executives of the Employer.
                       b.     [ ]  Those Employees who are non-resident aliens
                                   (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B)
                                   of the Code) and who received no earned
                                   income (within the meaning of Section
                                   911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer
                                   which constitutes income from sources within
                                   the United States (within the meaning of
                                   Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).
                       c.     [ ]  Those Employees of a Related Employer that
                                   has not executed a Related Employer
                                   Participation Agreement.
                       d.     [ ]  Other DEFINE)          
                                                ------------------------------
                                   -------------------------------------------
              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       All Employees will be eligible to become a Participant
                       in the Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of
                       any Employer Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant
                       to Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement except:
              a.       [X]    Those Employees included in a unit of Employees
                              covered by a collective bargaining agreement
                              between the Employer and Employee representatives,
                              if retirement benefits were the subject of good
                              faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the
                              Employees who are covered pursuant to that
                              agreement are professionals as defined in Section
                              1.410(b)-9 of the regulations.  For this purpose,
                              the term "employee representatives" does not
                              include any organization more than half of whose
                              members are Employees who are owners, officers, or
                              executives of the Employer.
              b.       [ ]    Those Employees who are non-resident aliens
                              (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of
                              the Code) and who received no earned income
                              (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the
                              Code) from the Employer which constitutes income
                              from sources within the United States (within the
                              meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).
              c.       [ ]    Those Employees of a Related Employer that has 
                              not executed a Related Employer Participation
                              Agreement.
              d.       [ ]    Other(DEFINE)                    
                                           -----------------------------------
                              ------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

     PART E.  Election Not To Participate:
              May an Employee or a Participant elect not to participate in this
              Plan pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Plan?
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  Yes.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  No.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART F.  Hours Required For Eligibility Purposes:
              1.       1000 Hours of Service (NO MORE THAN 1,000) shall be
                       ----
                       required to constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.
              2.        500 Hours of Service (NO MORE THAN 500 BUT LESS THAN
                        ---
                       THE NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SECTION 4, PART F, ITEM 1,
                       ABOVE) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Eligibility
                       Service.
              3.       For purposes of determining Years of Eligibility
                       Service, Employees shall be given credit for Hours of
                       Service with the following predecessor employer(s)
                       (COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE) Force 4 D.P. Supplies, Inc., 
                                                -----------------------------
                       Imperial Data Supply,  TBS Printware Corporation,
                       -------------------------------------------------------
                       BRITCO, Inc.,  NTI.
                       -------------------

     PART G.  Entry Dates:
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
              The Entry Dates for purposes of making Elective Deferrals shall
              be (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
                                   day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
                                   day of the fourth, seventh and tenth months
                                   of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)
                                                  ----------------------------
              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                       Contributions) will be made to the Plan, the Entry Dates
                       for purposes of Matching Contributions (or Qualified
                       Matching Contributions, if applicable) shall be (CHOOSE
                       ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
                                   day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
                                   day of the fourth, seventh and tenth months
                                   of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY) 
                                                   ------------------------

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       The Entry Dates for purposes of Employer Profit Sharing
                       Contributions shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
                                   day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
                                   day of the fourth, seventh and tenth months
                                   of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)
                                                  ----------------------------

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1 WILL BE
              DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.  OPTION 3 OR OPTION 4 CAN BE
              SELECTED FOR AN ITEM ONLY IF THE ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND
              ENTRY DATES ARE COORDINATED SUCH THAT EACH EMPLOYEE WILL BECOME A
              PARTICIPANT IN THE PLAN NO LATER THAN THE EARLIER OF: (1) THE
              FIRST DAY OF THE PLAN YEAR BEGINNING AFTER THE DATE THE EMPLOYEE
              SATISFIES THE AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 410(a) OF
              THE CODE; OR (2) 6 MONTHS AFTER THE DATE THE EMPLOYEE SATISFIES
              SUCH REQUIREMENTS.

<PAGE>

SECTION 5.    METHOD OF DETERMINING SERVICE  COMPLETE PART A OR B

     PART A.  Hours of Service Equivalencies:
              Service will be determined on the basis of the method selected
              below.  Only one method may be selected.  The method selected
              will be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.  (CHOOSE
              ONE):
              OPTION 1.       [X]  On the basis of actual hours for which an
                                   Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
              OPTION 2.       [ ]  On the basis of days worked.  An Employee
                                   will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if
                                   under Section 1.24 of the Plan such Employee
                                   would be credited with at least 1 Hour of
                                   Service during the day.
              OPTION 3.       [ ]  On the basis of weeks worked.  An Employee
                                   will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if
                                   under Section 1.24 of the Plan such Employee
                                   would be credited with at least 1 Hour of
                                   Service during the week.
              OPTION 4.       [ ]  On the basis of months worked.  An Employee
                                   will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if
                                   under Section 1.24 of the Plan such Employee
                                   would be credited with at least 1 Hour of
                                   Service during the month.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.  THIS SECTION 5, PART A WILL NOT APPLY IF THE ELAPSED
              TIME METHOD OF SECTION 5, PART B IS SELECTED. 

     PART B.  Elapsed Time Method:
              In lieu of tracking Hours of Service of Employees, will the
              elapsed time method described in Section 2.07 of the Plan be
              used?  (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [   ]      No.
              OPTION 2:       [   ]      Yes.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

SECTION 6.    ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

     PART A.  Authorization of Elective Deferrals:
              Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan (CHOOSE
              ONE)?
              OPTION 1.       [X]  Yes.
              OPTION 2.       [ ]  No.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 6 ONLY IF OPTION 1
              IS SELECTED.

     PART B.  Limits on Elective Deferrals:
              If Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a
              Contributing Participant may elect under a salary reduction
              agreement to have his or her Compensation reduced by an amount as
              described below (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1.       [X]  An amount equal to a percentage of the
                                   Contributing Participant's Compensation from 
                                   1% to  20% in increments of  1%.
                                   --    ----                   ----
              OPTION 2.       [ ]  An amount of the Contributing Participant's
                                   Compensation not less than $         and not
                                                               --------
                                   more than $.  
                                               --------------
              The amount of such reduction shall be contributed to the Plan by
              the Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant.  For any
              taxable year, a Contributing Participant's Elective Deferrals
              shall not exceed the limit contained in Section 402(g) of the
              Code in effect at the beginning of such taxable year.

     PART C.  Elective Deferrals Based on Bonuses:
              Instead of or in addition to making Elective Deferrals through
              payroll deduction, may a Contributing Participant elect to
              contribute to the Plan, as an Elective Deferral, part or all of a
              bonus rather than receive such bonus in cash (CHOOSE ONE)?
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Yes.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  No.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

<PAGE>

     PART D.  Ceasing Elective Deferrals:
              A Contributing Participant may prospectively revoke a salary
              reduction agreement to cease Elective Deferrals (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]  As of the first day of any payroll period.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  As of the first day of any month.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  As of the first day of any quarter.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  As of any Entry Date.
              OPTION 5:       [ ]  As of such times established by the Plan
                                   Administrator in a uniform and
                                   nondiscriminatory manner.
              OPTION 6:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY.  MUST BE AT LEAST ONCE PER
                                   YEAR)
                                        --------------------------------------
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART E.  Return As A Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective
              Deferrals:
                       A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking
                       a salary reduction agreement may return as a
                       Contributing Participant (CHOOSE ONE):
                       OPTION 1:   [ ]   No sooner than as of the first day of
                                         the next Plan Year.
                       OPTION 2:   [X]   As of any subsequent Entry Date.
                       OPTION 3:   [ ]   As of the first day of any subsequent
                                         quarter.
                       OPTION 4:   [ ]   As of such times established by the
                                         Plan Administrator in a uniform and
                                         nondiscriminatory manner.
                       OPTION 5:   [ ]   Other (SPECIFY.  MUST BE AT LEAST ONCE
                                         PER YEAR)                            
                                                  ----------------------------
                       NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED
                       TO BE SELECTED.

     PART F.  Changing Elective Deferral Amounts:
              A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction
              agreement to prospectively increase or decrease the amount of his
              or her Elective Deferrals (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]  As of the first day of any payroll period.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  As of the first day of any month.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  As of the first day of any quarter.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  As of any Entry Date.
              OPTION 5:       [ ]  As of such times established by the Plan
                                   Administrator in a uniform and
                                   nondiscriminatory manner.
              OPTION 6:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)    
                                                  ----------------------------
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART G.  Claiming Excess Elective Deferrals:
              Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the
              preceding calendar year must submit their claims in writing to
              the Plan Administrator by (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]  March 1.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  Other (SPECIFY A DATE NOT LATER THAN APRIL
                                   15)    
                                      ----------------------------------------
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART H.  One-Time Irrevocable Elections:
              May an Employee make a one-time irrevocable election, as
              described in Section 11.205 of the Plan, upon first becoming
              eligible to participate in the Plan to have the Employer make
              contributions to the Plan on such Employee's behalf? (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  Yes.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  No.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

<PAGE>

SECTION 7.    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
     PART A.  Authorization of Matching Contributions:
              Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on
              behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants? (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing
                                   Participant's Elective Deferrals.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's
                                   Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals
                                   and Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  No.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 4 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 7 ONLY IF OPTION 1,
              2 OR 3 IS SELECTED.

     PART B.  Matching Contribution Formula:  
              If the Employer will make Matching Contributions, then the amount
              of such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying
              Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  An amount equal to    % of such Contributing
                                                     ----
                                   Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or
                                   Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                                   applicable).
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  An amount equal to the sum of     % of the
                                                                -----
                                   portion of such Contributing Participant's
                                   Elective Deferral  (and/or Nondeductible
                                   Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                                   does not exceed     % of the Contributing
                                                   ----
                                   Participant's Compensation plus     % of the
                                                                   ----
                                   portion of such Contributing Participant's
                                   Elective Deferral  (and/or Nondeductible
                                   Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                                   exceeds     % of the Contributing
                                          -----
                                   Participant's Compensation.
              OPTION 3:       [X]  Such amount, if any, equal to that percentage
                                   of each Contributing Participant's Elective
                                   Deferral  (and/or Nondeductible Employee
                                   Contribution, if applicable) which the
                                   Employer, in its sole discretion, determines
                                   from year to year.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  Other Formula.  (SPECIFY)        
                                                             -----------------
              NOTE:  IF OPTION 4 IS SELECTED, THE FORMULA SPECIFIED CAN ONLY
              ALLOW MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS TO BE MADE WITH RESPECT TO A
              CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT'S ELECTIVE DEFERRALS (AND/OR
              NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTION, IF APPLICABLE).

     PART C.  Limit on Matching Contributions:  
              Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified
              above, no Matching Contribution will be made with respect to a
              Contributing Participant's Elective Deferrals  (and/or
              Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) in excess of
                   or     % of such Contributing Participant's
              ----    ----
              Compensation.

     PART D.  Qualifying Contributing Participants:
              A Contributing Participant who satisfies the eligibility
              requirements described in Section 4 will be a Qualifying
              Contributing Participant and thus entitled to share in Matching
              Contributions for any Plan Year only if the Participant is a
              Contributing Participant and satisfies the following additional
              conditions (CHECK ONE OR MORE OPTIONS):

              OPTION 1:       [ ]  No Additional Conditions.

              OPTION 2:       [X]  Hours of Service Requirement.  The
                                   Contributing Participant completes at least
                                   1000  Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
                                   ----
                                   However, this condition will be waived for
                                   the following reasons (CHECK AT LEAST ONE):
                              [ ]  The Contributing Participant's Death.
                              [ ]  The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                                   Employment after having incurred a
                                   Disability.
                              [ ]  The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                                   Employment after having reached Normal
                                   Retirement Age.
                              [X]  This condition will not be waived.

<PAGE>

              OPTION 3:       [X]  Last Day Requirement.  The Participant is an
                                   Employee of the Employer on the last day of
                                   the Plan Year.  However, this condition will
                                   be waived for the following reasons (CHECK AT
                                   LEAST ONE):
                              [ ]  The Contributing Participant's Death.
                              [ ]  The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                                   Employment after having incurred a
                                   Disability.
                              [ ]  The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                                   Employment after having reached Normal
                                   Retirement Age.
                              [X]  This condition will not be waived.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

<PAGE>

SECTION 8.    QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
     PART A.  Authorization of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
              Will the Employer make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to the
              Plan? (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Yes.
              OPTION 2:       [   ]      No.

              If the Employer elects to make Qualified Nonelective
              Contributions, then the amount, if any, of such contribution to
              the Plan for each Plan Year shall be an amount determined by the
              Employer.

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 8 ONLY IF OPTION 1
              IS SELECTED.

     PART B.  Participants Entitled to Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
              Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made
              to the Individual Accounts of (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Only Participants who are not Highly
                                   Compensated Employees.
              OPTION 2:       [   ]      All Participants.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART C.  Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
              Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Participants
              entitled thereto shall be made (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]        In the ratio which each Participant's
                                         Compensation for the Plan Year bears
                                         to the total Compensation of all
                                         Participants for such Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [   ]      In the ratio which each Participant's
                                         Compensation not in excess of 
                                                                       -------
                                         for the Plan Year bears to the total
                                         Compensation of all Participants not
                                         in excess of         for such Plan
                                                      --------    
                                         Year.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

SECTION 9.    QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

     PART A.  Authorization of Qualified Matching Contributions:
              Will the Employer make Qualified Matching Contributions to the
              Plan on behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants? (CHOOSE
              ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [X]        Yes, but only with respect to a
                                         Contributing Participant's Elective
                                         Deferrals.
              OPTION 2:       [   ]      Yes, but only with respect to a
                                         Participant's Nondeductible Employee
                                         Contributions.
              OPTION 3:       [   ]      Yes, with respect to both Elective
                                         Deferrals and Nondeductible Employee
                                         Contributions.
              OPTION 4:       [   ]      No.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 9 ONLY IF OPTION 1,
              2 OR 3 IS SELECTED.

     PART B.  Qualified Matching Contribution Formula:
              If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions, then
              the amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on
              behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year
              shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [   ]      An amount equal to     % of such
                                                            ----
                                         Contributing Participant's Elective
                                         Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                                         Employee Contribution, if applicable).
              OPTION 2:       [   ]      An amount equal to the sum of     % of
                                                                      ----
                                         the portion of such Contributing
                                         Participant's Elective Deferral
                                         (and/or Nondeductible Employee
                                         Contribution, if applicable) which
                                         does not exceed     % of the
                                                         ----
                                         Contributing Participant's
                                         Compensation plus     % of the portion
                                                           ----
                                         of such Contributing Participant's
                                         Elective Deferral (and/or
                                         Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
                                         if applicable) which exceeds   % of the
                                                                     --
                                         Contributing Participant's
                                         Compensation.

              OPTION 3:       [X]  Such amount, if any, as determined by the
                                   Employer in its sole discretion, equal to
                                   that percentage of the Elective Deferrals
                                   (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
                                   if applicable) of each Contributing
                                   Participant entitled thereto which would be
                                   sufficient to cause the Plan to satisfy the
                                   Actual Contribution Percentage tests
                                   (described in Section 11.402 of the Plan) for
                                   the Plan Year.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  Other Formula.  (SPECIFY)         
                                                            ------------------
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

<PAGE>

     PART C.  Participants Entitled to Qualified Matching Contributions:
              Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be
              made on behalf of? (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Only Contributing Participants who make
                                   Elective Deferrals who are not Highly
                                   Compensated Employees.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  All Contributing Participants who make
                                   Elective Deferrals.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART D.  Limit on Qualified Matching Contributions:  
              Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula
              specified above, the Employer will not match a Contributing
              Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
              Contribution, if applicable) in excess of $        or     % of
                                                         -------    ----
              such Contributing Participant's Compensation.

<PAGE>

SECTION 10.   ADP AND ACP TESTING OPTIONS

     PART A.  ACP Test and Elective Deferrals:
              Will Elective Deferrals under this Plan (and any other plan of
              the Employer, as provided by regulations) be taken into account,
              and included as Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of
              performing the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) test? 
              (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  No.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  Yes, in the following amounts (CHOOSE ONE):
                       SUBOPTION (a):  [X]  Only such Elective Deferrals that 
                                            are needed to meet the Average 
                                            Contribution Percentage test.
                       SUBOPTION (b):  [ ]  All Elective Deferrals.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART B.  ACP Test and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
              Will Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan (and any
              other plan of the Employer, as provided by regulations) be taken
              into account, and included as Contribution Percentage Amounts for
              purposes of performing the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP)
              test? (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  No.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  Yes, in the following amounts (CHOOSE ONE):
                       SUBOPTION (a):  [X]  Only such Qualified
                                            Nonelective Contributions that
                                            are needed to meet the Average
                                            Contribution Percentage test.
                       SUBOPTION (b):  [ ]  All Qualified Nonelective
                                            Contributions.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART C.  ADP Test and Qualified Matching Contributions
              Will Qualified Matching Contributions under this Plan (or any
              other plan of the Employer, as provided by regulations) be taken
              into account as Elective Deferrals for purposes of calculating
              Actual Deferral Percentages when performing the Actual Deferral
              Percentage (ADP) test?  (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  No.
              OPTION 2:       [X]  Yes, in the following amounts (CHOOSE ONE):
                       SUBOPTION (a):  [X]  Only such Qualified Matching 
                                            Contribution that are needed to 
                                            meet the ADP test.
                       SUBOPTION (b):  [ ]  All such Qualified Matching 
                                            Contributions.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

<PAGE>

     PART D.  Correction of Aggregate Limit:
              If the Aggregate Limit described in Section 11.102 of the Plan is
              exceeded, the following adjustments will be made in accordance
              with Section 11.402(B)(1) of the Plan (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]  The ACP of Highly Compensated Employees will
                                   be reduced.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  The ADP of Highly Compensated Employees will
                                   be reduced.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

SECTION 11.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS  COMPLETE PARTS A, B AND C

     PART A.  Contribution Formula (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Discretionary Formula.  For each Plan Year
                                   the Employer will contribute an amount to be
                                   determined from year to year.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  Fixed Formula.  ________ % of the
                                   Compensation of all Qualifying Participants
                                   under the Plan for the Plan Year.  
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  Fixed Percent of Profits Formula.  ________%
                                   of the Employer's profits that are in excess
                                   of $___________.
              OPTION 4:       [ ]  Frozen Plan.  This Plan is frozen effective
                                   ___________ and the Employer will not make
                                   additional contributions to the Plan after
                                   such date.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART B.  Allocation Formula  (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  Pro Rata Formula.  Employer Profit Sharing
                                   Contributions shall be allocated to the
                                   Individual Accounts of Qualifying
                                   Participants in the ratio that each
                                   Qualifying Participant's Compensation for the
                                   Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
                                   all Qualifying Participants for the Plan
                                   Year.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  Flat Dollar Formula.  Employer Profit Sharing
                                   Contributions allocated to the Individual
                                   Accounts of Qualifying Participants for each
                                   Plan Year shall be the same dollar amount for
                                   each Qualifying Participant.
              OPTION 3:       [X]  Integrated Formula. Employer Profit Sharing
                                   Contributions shall be allocated as follows
                                   (START WITH STEP 3 IF THIS PLAN IS NOT A 
                                   TOP-HEAVY PLAN):
                                   Step 1.   Employer Profit Sharing
                                             Contributions shall first be
                                             allocated pro rata to Qualifying
                                             Participants in the manner
                                             described in Section 11, Part B,
                                             Option 1.  The percent so allocated
                                             shall not exceed 3% of each
                                             Qualifying Participant's
                                             Compensation.
                                   Step 2.   Any Employer Profit Sharing
                                             Contributions remaining after the
                                             allocation in Step 1 shall be
                                             allocated to each Qualifying
                                             Participant's Individual Account in
                                             the ratio that each Qualifying
                                             Participant's Compensation for the
                                             Plan Year in excess of the
                                             integration level bears to all
                                             Qualifying Participants'
                                             Compensation in excess of the
                                             integration level, but not in
                                             excess of 3%.
                                   Step 3.   Any Employer Profit Sharing
                                             Contributions remaining after the
                                             allocation in Step 2 shall be
                                             allocated to each Qualifying
                                             Participant's Individual Account in
                                             the ratio that the sum of each
                                             Qualifying Participant's total
                                             Compensation and Compensation in
                                             excess of the integration level
                                             bears to the sum of all Qualifying
                                             Participants' total Compensation
                                             and Compensation in excess of the
                                             integration level, but not in
                                             excess of the profit sharing
                                             maximum disparity rate as described
                                             in Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.
                                   Step 4.   Any Employer Profit Sharing
                                             Contributions remaining after the
                                             allocation in Step 3 shall be
                                             allocated pro rata to Qualifying
                                             Participants in the manner
                                             described in Section 11, Part B,
                                             Option 1.
                                   The integration level shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
                                   SUBOPTION (a): [X]  The Taxable Wage Base.
                                   SUBOPTION (b): [ ]  $________ (A DOLLAR
                                                       AMOUNT LESS THAN THE
                                                       TAXABLE WAGE BASE).
                                   SUBOPTION (c): [ ]  ______% (NOT MORE THAN
                                                       100%) of the Taxable Wage
                                                       Base.
                                   NOTE: IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, SUBOPTION
                                         (A) WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

<PAGE>

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.  

     PART C.  Qualifying Participants:
              A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant and thus entitled
              to share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan
              Year only if the Participant is a Participant on at least one day
              of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional
              conditions (CHECK ONE OR MORE OPTIONS):
              OPTION 1:      [ ]  No Additional Conditions.
              OPTION 2:      [X]  Hours of Service Requirement.  The
                                  Participant completes at least 1000 Hours of
                                  Service during the Plan Year.  However, this
                                  condition will be waived for the following
                                  reasons (CHECK AT LEAST ONE):
                                  [ ]  The Participant's Death.
                                  [ ]  The Participant's Termination of 
                                  Employment after having incurred a Disability.
                                  [ ]  The Participant's Termination of 
                                  Employment after having reached Normal
                                  Retirement Age.
                                  [X]  This condition will not be waived.
              OPTION 3:      [X]  Last Day Requirement.  The Participant is an
                                  Employee of the Employer on the last day of
                                  the Plan Year.  However, this condition will
                                  be waived for the following reasons (CHECK AT
                                  LEAST ONE):
                                  [ ]  The Participant's Death.
                                  [ ]  The Participant's Termination of 
                                  Employment after having incurred a Disability.
                                  [ ]  The Participant's Termination of 
                                  Employment after having reached Normal 
                                  Retirement Age.
                                  [X]  This condition will not be waived.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

SECTION 12.   COMPENSATION   COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH E

     PART A.  Basic Definition:  
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
                       For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation will
                       mean all of each Participant's (CHOOSE ONE):
                       OPTION 1:   [X]   W-2 wages.
                       OPTION 2:   [ ]   Section 3401(a) wages.
                       OPTION 3:   [ ]   415 safe-harbor compensation.

              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation
                       will mean all of each Participant's (CHOOSE ONE):
                       OPTION 1:   [X]   W-2 wages.
                       OPTION 2:   [ ]   Section 3401(a) wages.
                       OPTION 3:   [ ]   415 safe-harbor compensation.

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions,
                       Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (CHOOSE
                       ONE):
                       OPTION 1:   [X]   W-2 wages.
                       OPTION 2:   [ ]   Section 3401(a) wages.
                       OPTION 3:   [ ]   415 safe-harbor compensation.
                       NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1
                       WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

     PART B.  Measuring Period for Compensation:  
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
                       For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation shall
                       be determined over the following applicable period
                       (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]   the Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]   the calendar year ending with or
within the Plan Year.

              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation
                       shall be determined over the following applicable period
                       (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]   The Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]   The calendar year ending with or
                                    within the Plan Year.

<PAGE>

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions,
                       Compensation shall be determined over the following
                       applicable period (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [X]   The Plan Year.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]   The calendar year ending with or
                                    within the Plan Year.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1 WILL BE
              DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

     PART C.  Inclusion of Elective Deferrals:  
              1.       Elective Deferrals.
                       For purposes of Elective Deferrals, does Compensation
                       include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a salary
                       reduction agreement which are not includible in the
                       gross income of the Employee under any of the following
                       Sections of the Code?  (ANSWER "INCLUDED" OR "EXCLUDED"
                       FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS.)

   Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                     [X] Included   [ ] Excluded
   Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                  [X] Included   [ ] Excluded
   Section 402(h)(1)(B) (salary deferral SEP plans)  [X] Included   [ ] Excluded
   Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans)      [X] Included   [ ] Excluded
   NOTE:  IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "INCLUDED" WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
          SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       For purposes of Matching Contributions, does
                       Compensation include Employer Contributions made
                       pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not
                       includible in the gross income of the Employee under any
                       of the following Sections of the Code?  (ANSWER
                       "INCLUDED" OR "EXCLUDED" FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING
                       ITEMS.)

   Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                     [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                  [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   Section 402(h)(1)(B) (salary deferral SEP plans)  [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans)      [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   NOTE:  IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "INCLUDED" WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
          SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions,
                       does Compensation include Employer Contributions made
                       pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not
                       includible in the gross income of the Employee under any
                       of the following Sections of the Code?  (ANSWER
                       "INCLUDED" OR "EXCLUDED" FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING
                       ITEMS.)

   Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                     [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                  [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   Section 402(h)(1)(B) (salary deferral SEP plans)  [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans)      [X] Included  [ ] Excluded
   NOTE:  IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "INCLUDED" WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
          SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

     PART D.  Pre-Entry Date Compensation:  
              1.       ADP and ACP Testing Purposes.
                       For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan,
                       the Employee's Compensation which shall be taken into
                       account for purposes of Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP)
                       and Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) testing shall
                       be (CHOOSE ONE):
                       OPTION 1:   [X]   The Employee's Compensation only from
                                         the time the Employee became a
                                         Participant in the Plan.
                       OPTION 2:   [ ]   The Employee's Compensation for the
                                         whole of such Plan Year.
                       NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED
                       TO BE SELECTED.

              2.       Other Purposes.
                       For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan,
                       the Employee's Compensation which shall be taken into
                       account for purposes of the Plan (other than ADP or ACP
                       testing) shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
                       OPTION 1:   [X]   The Employee's Compensation only from
                                         the time the Employee became a
                                         Participant in the Plan.
                       OPTION 2:   [ ]   The Employee's Compensation for the
                                         whole of such Plan Year.

<PAGE>

                       NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED
                       TO BE SELECTED.

     PART E.  Exclusions From Compensation:  

              1.       Elective Deferrals
                       For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation shall
                       not include the following (CHECK ANY THAT APPLY):
                       [ ]  Bonuses    [ ]  Commissions
                       [ ]  Overtime   [ ]  Other (Specify)_____________________
                       NOTE:  NO EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION ARE PERMITTED IF
                              THE INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA IN SECTION 11,
                              PART B IS SELECTED.

              2.       Matching Contributions.
                       For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation
                       shall not include the following (CHECK ANY THAT APPLY):
                       [ ]  Bonuses    [ ]  Commissions
                       [ ]  Overtime   [ ]  Other (Specify)_____________________
                       NOTE:  NO EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION ARE PERMITTED IF
                              THE INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA IN SECTION 11,
                              PART B IS SELECTED.

              3.       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions,
                       Compensation shall not include the following (CHECK ANY
                       THAT APPLY):
                       [ ]  Bonuses    [ ]   Commissions
                       [ ]  Overtime   [ ]   Other (Specify)____________________
                       NOTE:  NO EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION ARE PERMITTED IF
                              THE INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA IN SECTION 11,
                              PART B IS SELECTED.

SECTION 13.   VESTING AND FORFEITURES  COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH H

     PART A.  Vesting Schedule For Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.  A
              Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
              derived from Profit Sharing Contributions made pursuant to
              Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement as follows (CHOOSE ONE):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     YERAS OF                                           VESTED PERCENTAGE
  VESTING SERVICE    Option 1 [ ]    Option 2 [ ]     Option 3 [ ]    Option 4 [ ]   Option 5 [ ] (complete of Chosen)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>
         1                 0%              0%             100%             0%                     33.33%
                                                                                                ----------
         2                 0%             20%             100%             0%                     66.67%
                                                                                                ----------
         3                 0%             40%             100%            20%             100%(not less than 20%) 
         4                 0%             60%             100%            40%             100%(not less than 40%) 
         5               100%             80%             100%            60%             100%(not less than 60%) 
         6               100%            100%             100%            80%             100%(not less than 80%) 
         7               100%            100%             100%           100%             100%(not less than 100%)
</TABLE>
     NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.


<PAGE>

     PART B.  Vesting Schedule For Matching Contributions.  A Participant shall
              become Vested in his or her Individual Account derived from
              Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 7 of the Adoption
              Agreement as follows (CHOOSE ONE):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     YERAS OF                                           VESTED PERCENTAGE
  VESTING SERVICE    Option 1 [ ]    Option 2 [ ]     Option 3 [ ]    Option 4 [ ]   Option 5 [ ] (complete of Chosen)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
         1                 0%              0%             100%             0%                      33.33%
                                                                                                -----------
         2                 0%             20%             100%             0%                      66.67%
                                                                                                -----------
         3                 0%             40%             100%            20%             100%(not less than 20%) 
         4                 0%             60%             100%            40%             100%(not less than 40%) 
         5               100%             80%             100%            60%             100%(not less than 60%) 
         6               100%            100%             100%            80%             100%(not less than 80%) 
         7               100%            100%             100%           100%             100%(not less than 100%)
</TABLE>

     NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

     PART C.  Hours Required For Vesting Purposes:
              1.        1000  Hours of Service (NO MORE THAN 1,000) shall
                       -------
                       be required to constitute a Year of Vesting Service.
              2.         500  Hours of Service (NO MORE THAN 500 BUT LESS THAN
                       -------
                       THE NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SECTION 13, PART C, ITEM
                       1, ABOVE) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in
                       Vesting Service.
              3.       For purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service, 
                       Employees shall be given credit for Hours of Service 
                       with the following predecessor employer(s) (Complete if 
                       applicable)_____________________________________________

                       ________________________________________________________

     PART D.  Exclusion of Certain Years of Vesting Service:  
              All of an Employee's Years of Vesting Service with the Employer 
              are counted to determine the vesting percentage in the 
              Participant's Individual Account except (CHECK ANY THAT APPLY):
              [ ]  Years of Vesting Service before the Employee reaches age 18.
              [ ]  Years of Vesting Service before the Employer maintained this 
                   Plan or a predecessor plan.

     PART E.  Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances:  
              Will a Participant be fully Vested under the following 
              circumstances? (ANSWER "YES" OR "NO" TO EACH OF THE FOLLOWING 
              ITEMS BY CHECKING THE APPROPRIATE BOX)
              1.  The Participant dies.               [X]  Yes   [ ]  No
              2.  The Participant incurs a Disability.       [X]  Yes   [ ]  No
              3.  The Participant satisfies the conditions for Early Retirement 
                  Age (IF APPLICABLE).                [X]  Yes   [ ]  No
     NOTE:  IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "YES" WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
     SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

     PART F.  Allocation of Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing 
              Contributions:
              Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be 
              (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the
                                   Participants specified below in the manner as
                                   described in Section 11, Part B (for Employer
                                   Profit Sharing Contributions)

                                   The Participants entitled to receive
                                   allocations of such Forfeitures shall be
                                   (CHOOSE ONE):
                                   SUBOPTION (a): [ ]  Only Qualifying 
                                                       Participants.
                                   SUBOPTION (b): [ ]  All Participants.

              OPTION 2:       [X]  Applied to reduce Employer Profit Sharing
                                   Contributions (CHOOSE ONE):
                                   SUBOPTION (a): [X]  For the Plan Year for 
                                                       which the Forfeiture 
                                                       arises.
                                   SUBOPTION (b): [ ]  For any Plan Year
                                                       subsequent to the Plan
                                                       Year for which the
                                                       Forfeiture arises.

              OPTION 3:       [ ]  Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                                   administrative expenses and any excess 
                                   applied to reduce Employer Profit Sharing
                                   Contributions (CHOOSE ONE):
                                   SUBOPTION (a): [ ]  For the Plan Year
                                                       for which the Forfeiture
                                                       arises.
                                   SUBOPTION (b): [ ]  For any Plan Year
                                                       subsequent to the
                                                       Plan Year for which
                                                       the Forfeiture arises.

     NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 AND SUBOPTION (a) WILL BE DEEMED
     TO BE SELECTED.

     PART G.  Allocation of Forfeitures of Matching Contributions:
              Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]     Allocated, after all other Forfeitures
                                      under the Plan, to each Participant's
                                      Individual Account in the ratio which
                                      each Participant's Compensation for
                                      the Plan Year bears to the total
                                      Compensation of all Participants for
                                      such Plan Year.

              The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such 
              Forfeitures shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

              SUBOPTION (a):  [ ]     Only Qualifying Contributing Participants.
              SUBOPTION (b):  [ ]     Only Qualifying Participants.
              SUBOPTION (c):  [ ]     All Participants.

     OPTION 2:          [X]   Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (CHOOSE 
                              ONE):
                              SUBOPTION (a):  [X]  For the Plan Year for which 
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                              SUBOPTION (b):  [ ]  For any Plan Year subsequent 
                                                   to the Plan Year for which 
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.

<PAGE>

     OPTION 3:          [ ]   Applied first to the payment of the Plan's 
                              administrative expenses and any excess 
                              applied to reduce Matching Contributions 
                              (CHOOSE ONE):
                              SUBOPTION (a):  [ ]  For the Plan Year for which 
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                              SUBOPTION (b):  [ ]  For any Plan Year subsequent 
                                                   to the Plan Year for which 
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 AND SUBOPTION (a) WILL
              BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

     PART H.  Allocation of Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions:
              Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be (CHOOSE
              ONE):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]        Allocated, after all other Forfeitures
                                         under the Plan, to each Contributing
                                         Participant's Matching Contribution
                                         account in the ratio which each
                                         Contributing Participant's
                                         Compensation for the Plan Year bears
                                         to the total Compensation of all
                                         Contributing Participants for such
                                         Plan Year.  Such Forfeitures will not
                                         be allocated to the account of any
                                         Highly Compensated Employee.

              OPTION 2:       [X]  Applied to reduce Matching Contributions
                                   (CHOOSE ONE):
                                   SUBOPTION (a): [X]  For the Plan Year for
                                                       which the Forfeiture 
                                                       arises.
                                   SUBOPTION (b): [ ]  For any Plan Year 
                                                       subsequent to the Plan 
                                                       Year for which the 
                                                       Forfeiture arises.

              OPTION 3:       [ ]  Applied first to the payment of the Plan's 
                                   administrative expenses and any excess 
                                   applied to reduce Matching Contributions 
                                   (CHOOSE ONE):
                                   SUBOPTION (a): [ ]  For the Plan Year for 
                                                       which the Forfeiture 
                                                       arises.
                                   SUBOPTION (b): [ ]  For any Plan Year 
                                                       subsequent to the Plan 
                                                       Year for which the 
                                                       Forfeiture arises.

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 AND SUBOPTION (a) WILL
              BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

SECTION 14.   NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE AND EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

     PART A.  The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan shall be (CHECK AND 
              COMPLETE ONE OPTION):
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Age 65.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  Age ________ (NOT TO EXCEED 65).
              OPTION 3:       [ ]  The later of age ________ (NOT TO EXCEED 65)
                                   or the ________ (NOT TO EXCEED 5TH) 
                                   anniversary of the first day of the first 
                                   Plan Year in which the Participant commenced
                                   participation in the Plan.

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART B.  Early Retirement Age (CHOOSE ONE OPTION):
              OPTION 1:       [ ]  An Early Retirement Age is not applicable 
                                   under the Plan.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  Age ____ (NOT LESS THAN 55 NOR MORE THAN 65).
              OPTION 3:       [X]  A Participant satisfies the Plan's Early
                                   Retirement Age conditions by attaining age  
                                   55   (NOT LESS THAN 55) and completing  5
                                   Years of Vesting Service.

               NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
               SELECTED.
 
SECTION 15.   DISTRIBUTIONS  (COMPLETE PARTS A AND B)

     PART A.  Distributable Events.  Answer each of the following items.
              1.  Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age. May 
                  a Participant who has not reached Normal Retirement Age 
                  request a distribution from the Plan of that portion of the
                  Participant's Individual Account attributable to the 
                  following types of contributions upon Termination of 
                  Employment?
                      Elective Deferrals                     [X] Yes  [ ] No
                      Matching Contributions (if made)       [X] Yes  [ ] No
                      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions  [X] Yes  [ ] No

              2.  Disability.  May a Participant who has incurred a Disability 
                  request a distribution from the Plan  of that portion of the
                  Participant's Individual Account attributable to the following
                  types of contributions?
                      Elective Deferrals                     [ ] Yes  [X] No
                      Matching Contributions (if made)       [ ] Yes  [X] No
                      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions  [ ] Yes  [X] No

              3.  Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.  May a Participant
                  who has attained Normal Retirement Age but has not
                  incurred a Termination of Employment request a
                  distribution from the Plan of that portion of the
                  Participant's Individual Account attributable to the
                  following types of contributions?    
                      Elective Deferrals                     [X] Yes  [ ] No
                      Matching Contributions (if made)       [X] Yes  [ ] No
                      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions  [X] Yes  [ ] No

              4.  Attainment of Age 59 1/2.  Will Participants who have
                  attained age 59 1/2 be permitted to withdraw Elective
                  Deferrals while still employed by the Employer? [ ] Yes [X] No

              5.  Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals:  Will Participants
                  be permitted to withdraw Elective Deferrals on account of 
                  hardship pursuant to Section 11.503 of the Plan? 
                  [X] Yes  [ ] No

              6.  In-Service Withdrawals.  Will Participants be permitted to 
                  request a distribution  of that portion of the Participant's
                  Individual Account attributable to the following types of  
                  contributions during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) 
                  of the Plan? 
                      Matching Contributions (if made)       [ ] Yes  [X] No
                      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions  [ ] Yes  [X] No

<PAGE>

              7.  One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option.  Will the one-time 
                  in-service withdrawal provisions described in 
                  Section 6.01(A)(5) of the Plan apply to the following types
                  of contributions? 
                      Matching Contributions (if made)       [ ] Yes  [X] No
                      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions  [ ] Yes  [X] No

                  If the answer is "Yes," specify percentage that a Participant
                  may withdraw: _____%

              8.  Hardship Withdrawals.  Will Participants be permitted to make
                  hardship withdrawals  of that portion of the Participant's 
                  Individual Account attributable to the following types of 
                  contributions pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan?
                      Matching Contributions (if made)       [X] Yes  [ ] No
                      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions  [X] Yes  [ ] No

              9.  Withdrawals of Rollover or Transfer Contributions.  Will
                  Employees be permitted to withdraw their Rollover or
                  Transfer Contributions at any time?        [X] Yes  [ ] No

              NOTE:  IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "YES" WILL BE DEEMED
              TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.  SECTION 411(d)(6) OF THE CODE
              PROHIBITS THE ELIMINATION OF PROTECTED BENEFITS. IN GENERAL,
              PROTECTED BENEFITS INCLUDE THE FORMS AND TIMING OF PAYOUT
              OPTIONS.  IF THE PLAN IS BEING ADOPTED TO AMEND AND REPLACE A
              PRIOR PLAN THAT PERMITTED A DISTRIBUTION OPTION DESCRIBED ABOVE,
              YOU MUST ANSWER "YES" TO THAT ITEM.

     PART B.  Timing of Distributions:
              1.       Termination of Employment.  Where a Participant who is
                       entitled to a distribution under the Plan has a
                       Termination of Employment (for reasons other than death,
                       Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age),
                       distributions shall commence (CHECK ONE):
                       OPTION (a):    [X]  As soon as administratively
                                           feasible following the date
                                           the Participant requests a
                                           distribution.
                       OPTION (b):    [ ]  As soon as administratively
                                           feasible following the close
                                           of the Plan Year within which
                                           the Participant requests a
                                           distribution.
                       OPTION (c):    [ ]  As soon as administratively
                                           feasible following the close
                                           of the Plan Year within which
                                           the Participant requests a
                                           distribution or the
                                           Participant incurs ________
                                           (NOT MORE THAN 5) consecutive
                                           one-year Breaks in Vesting
                                           Service, whichever is later.

                       NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION (a) WILL BE
                       DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

              2.       Death, Disability or Attainment of Normal Retirement
                       Age.  Where a Participant dies, incurs a Disability or
                       attains Normal Retirement Age, and a distributable event
                       has occurred, distributions shall commence (CHECK ONE):
                       OPTION (a):   [X]   As soon as administratively
                                           feasible following the date
                                           the Participant (or
                                           Beneficiary of a deceased
                                           Participant) requests a
                                           distribution.
                       OPTION (b):   [ ]   As soon as administratively
                                           feasible following the close
                                           of the Plan Year within which
                                           the Participant (or
                                           Beneficiary of a deceased
                                           Participant) requests a
                                           distribution.
                       OPTION (c):   [ ]   As soon as administratively
                                           feasible following the close
                                           of the Plan Year within which
                                           the Participant  (or
                                           Beneficiary of a deceased
                                           Participant) requests a
                                           distribution or the
                                           Participant incurs ________
                                           (NOT MORE THAN 5) consecutive
                                           one-year Breaks in Vesting
                                           Service, whichever is later.
                       NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION (a) WILL BE
                       DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

SECTION 16.   JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY

     PART A.  Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:
              Will the safe harbor provisions of Section 6.05(F) of the Plan
              apply? (CHOOSE ONLY ONE OPTION)
              OPTION 1:       [ ]     Yes.
              OPTION 2:       [X]     No.
              NOTE:    YOU MUST SELECT "NO" IF YOU ARE ADOPTING THIS PLAN AS AN
                       AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF A PRIOR PLAN THAT WAS
                       SUBJECT TO THE JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS.

     PART B.  Survivor Annuity Percentage:  (COMPLETE ONLY IF YOUR ANSWER IN
              SECTION 16, PART A IS "NO.")
              The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity
              shall be a percentage equal to 50% (AT LEAST 50% BUT NO MORE
                                            -----
              THAN 100%) of the amount paid to the Participant prior to his or
              her death.

SECTION 17.   OTHER OPTIONS  ANSWER "YES" OR "NO" TO EACH OF THE FOLLOWING
              QUESTIONS BY CHECKING THE APPROPRIATE BOX.  IF A BOX IS NOT
              CHECKED FOR A QUESTION, THE ANSWER WILL BE DEEMED TO BE "NO."

     A.       Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the
              Plan be permitted?                               [ ] Yes  [X] No

     B        Insurance:  Will the Plan allow for the investment in insurance
              policies pursuant to Section 5.13 of the Plan?   [ ] Yes  [X] No

     C.       Employer Securities:  Will the Plan allow for the investment in
              qualifying Employer securities or qualifying Employer real
              property?                                        [X] Yes  [ ] No

     D.       Rollover Contributions:  Will Employees be permitted to make
              rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to Section 3.03 of
              the Plan?                                        [X] Yes [ ] No
                                                               [ ] Yes, but 
                                                                   only after
                                                                   becoming a
                                                                   Participant.

<PAGE>

     E.       Transfer Contributions: Will Employees be permitted to make
              transfer contributions to the Plan pursuant to Section 3.04 of
              the Plan?                                        [X] Yes  [ ] No
                                                               [ ] Yes, but
                                                                   only after
                                                                   becoming a
                                                                   Participant.

     F.       Nondeductible Employee Contributions:  Will Participants be
              permitted to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions pursuant
              to Section 11.305 of the Plan?                   [ ] Yes  [X] No
              Check here if such contributions will be mandatory.  [ ]

SECTION 18.   PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS

     PART A.  Authorization:
              Will Participants be permitted to direct the investment of their
              Plan assets pursuant to Section 5.14 of the Plan?  (CHOOSE ONE)
              OPTION 1:       [X]  Yes.
              OPTION 2:       [ ]  No.
              NOTE:    IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
                       SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 18 ONLY IF
                       OPTION 1 IS SELECTED.

     PART B.  Investment Options:  
              Participants can direct the investment of their Plan assets among
              the following investments (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:      [X]  Only those investment options designated by
                                  the Plan Administrator or other fiduciary.
              OPTION 2:      [ ]  Any allowable investment.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
SELECTED.

     PART C.  Accounts Subject to Participant Direction:  
              Participants can direct the following portions of their
              Individual Accounts (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:      [ ]  Those accounts that the Plan
                                  Administrator may designate from time
                                  to time in a uniform and
                                  nondiscriminatory manner.
              OPTION 2:      [X]  Entire Individual Account.
              OPTION 3:      [ ]  The following accounts (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY):
                             [ ]  Elective Deferral Account.
                             [ ]  Matching Contribution Account.
                             [ ]  Employer Profit Sharing Account.
                             [ ]  Rollover Contribution Account.
                             [ ]  Transfer Contribution Account.
                             [ ]  Other (SPECIFY) ______________________________
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.
 
     PART D.  Frequency of Investment Changes:  
              Participants may make changes to the investments within their
              Individual Accounts with the following frequency (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:      [ ]  In accordance with uniform and 
                                  nondiscriminatory rules established by
                                  the Plan Administrator or other fiduciary.
              OPTION 2:      [X]  Daily.
              OPTION 3:      [ ]  Monthly.
              OPTION 4:      [ ]  Quarterly.
              OPTION 5:      [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)_______________________________
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.  ALSO NOTE THAT THE PLAN'S VALUATION DATES MUST BE AT
              LEAST AS OFTEN AS THE FREQUENCY CHOSEN HERE.

SECTION 19.   MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS  COMPLETE PARTS A AND B

     PART A.  Valuation Date:
              The Plan Valuation Date shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:      [ ]  The last day of the Plan Year and each
                                  other date designated by the Plan
                                  Administrator which is selected in a
                                  uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
              OPTION 2:      [X]  Daily.
              OPTION 3:      [ ]  The last day of each Plan quarter.
              OPTION 4:      [ ]  The last day of each month.
              OPTION 5:      [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)_______________________________
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART B.  Disability:
              For purposes of this Plan, Disability shall mean (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:      [X]  The inability to engage in any substantial,
                                  gainful activity by reason of any medically
                                  determinable physical or mental impairment
                                  that can be expected to result in death or
                                  which has lasted or can be expected to last
                                  for a continuous period of not less than 12
                                  months.
              OPTION 2:      [ ]  The inability to engage in any
                                  substantial, gainful activity in the
                                  Employee's trade or profession for
                                  which the Employee is best qualified
                                  through training or experience.
              OPTION 3:      [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)______________________________
                                  _____________________________________________

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

<PAGE>

SECTION 20.   LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan

              If you maintain or ever maintained another qualified plan in
              which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or
              could become a Participant, you must complete this section.  You
              must also complete this section if  you maintain a welfare
              benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, or an
              individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of
              the Code, under which amounts are treated as annual additions
              with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

     PART A.  Individually Designed Defined Contribution Plan:
              If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
              contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master
              or prototype plan:
              1.    [X] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6)
                        of the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a 
                        master or prototype plan.
              2.    [ ] Other method. (PROVIDE THE METHOD UNDER WHICH THE PLANS
                        WILL LIMIT TOTAL ANNUAL ADDITIONS TO THE MAXIMUM 
                        PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT, AND WILL PROPERLY REDUCE ANY EXCESS
                        AMOUNTS, IN A MANNER THAT PRECLUDES EMPLOYER 
                        DISCRETION.) __________________________________________

     PART B.  Defined Benefit Plan:
              If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
              benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer will
              provide below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation
              of Section 415(e) of the Code.    
              1.    [ ] If the projected annual addition to this Plan to the 
                        account of a Participant for any limitation year would
                        cause the 1.0 limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code
                        to be exceeded, the annual benefit of the defined 
                        benefit plan for such limitation year shall be 
                        reduced so that the 1.0 limitation shall be satisfied.

                        If it is not possible to reduce the annual benefit of 
                        the defined benefit plan and the projected annual 
                        addition to this Plan to the account of a Participant 
                        for a limitation year would cause the 1.0 limitation 
                        to be exceeded, the Employer shall reduce the 
                        Employer Contribution which is to be allocated to 
                        this Plan on behalf of such Participant so that the 
                        1.0 limitation will be satisfied.  (The provisions of 
                        Section 415(e) of the Code are incorporated herein by 
                        reference under the authority of Section 1106(h) of 
                        the Tax Reform Act of 1986.)

              2.    [ ] Other method.  (PROVIDE LANGUAGE DESCRIBING ANOTHER 
                        METHOD.  SUCH LANGUAGE MUST PRECLUDE EMPLOYER 
                        DISCRETION.)

SECTION 21.   TOP-HEAVY ISSUES COMPLETE PARTS A, B, C AND D

     PART A.  Minimum Allocation or Benefit:  
              For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy
              Plan, any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01(E)
              of the Plan shall be made (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:     [X]  To this Plan.
              OPTION 2:     [ ]  To the following other plan maintained by the
                                 Employer (SPECIFY NAME AND PLAN NUMBER OF PLAN)
                                 ______________________________________________
              OPTION 3:     [ ]  In accordance with the method described on an 
                                 attachment to this Adoption Agreement.  (ATTACH
                                 LANGUAGE DESCRIBING THE METHOD THAT WILL BE 
                                 USED TO SATISFY SECTION 416 OF THE CODE. SUCH
                                 METHOD MUST PRECLUDE EMPLOYER DISCRETION.)

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART B.  Participants Entitled To Receive Minimum Allocation:
              Any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01(E) of
              the Plan shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of (CHOOSE
              ONE):
              OPTION 1:     [ ] Only Participants who are not Key Employees.
              OPTION 2:     [X] All Participants.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

     PART C.  Top-Heavy Ratio:  
              For purposes of establishing the present value of benefits under
              a defined benefit plan to compute the top-heavy ratio as
              described in Section 10.08(C) of the Plan, any benefit shall be
              discounted only for mortality and interest based on the following
              (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:     [X] Not applicable because the Employer has not
                                maintained a defined benefit plan.
              OPTION 2:     [ ] The interest rate and mortality table specified
                                for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.
              OPTION 3:     [ ] Interest rate of ______% and the following 
                                mortality table (SPECIFY) ____________________
                                ______________________________________________

              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.
 
     PART D.  Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule:
              Pursuant to Section 6.01(C) of the Plan, the vesting schedule
              that will apply when this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (unless the
              Plan's regular vesting schedule provides for more rapid vesting)
              shall be (CHOOSE ONE):
              OPTION 1:     [X] 6 Year Graded.
              OPTION 2:     [ ] 3 Year Cliff.
              NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
              SELECTED.

<PAGE>

SECTION 22.  PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

             Name of Prototype Sponsor: Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Co.
                                        ---------------------------------------
             Address: 151 Farmington Avenue, Hartford, CT  06156
                      ---------------------------------------------------------
             Telephone Number: 860-273-0123
                               ------------
             PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS
             The assets of the Plan shall be invested only in those investments
             described below (TO BE COMPLETED BY THE PROTOTYPE SPONSOR):
             Only those elected in the Plan Sponsor/Trustee Information document
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

             -------------------------------------------------------------------

             -------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 23.  TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

             OPTION A.   [   ]  Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
             CHECK ONE:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust 
                         powers, or  [   ]  Trustee with full trust powers

             Financial  Organization 
                                     -------------------------------------------
             Signature 
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
             Type Name 
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
             COLLECTIVE OR COMMINGLED FUNDS
             List any collective or commingled funds maintained by the
             financial organization Trustee in which assets of the Plan may be
             invested (COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE).

             ------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------

             OPTION B.    [X]    Individual Trustee(s)

             Signature                           Signature 
                       ------------------                  ------------------
             Type Name  Mary Stewart             Type Name  Thomas Winstel   
                       ------------------                  ------------------
             Signature                           Signature 
                       ------------------                  ------------------
             Type Name  Michael Peppel           Type Name
                       ------------------                  ------------------

SECTION 24.  RELIANCE

             The Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the
             National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that
             the Plan is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue
             Code.  In order to obtain reliance with respect to plan
             qualification, the Employer must apply to the appropriate Key
             District office for a determination letter.

             This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with
             Basic Plan Document No. 04.

SECTION 25.  EMPLOYER SIGNATURE   IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ BEFORE SIGNING

             I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and
             I state the following:
             1.       I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors
                      regarding the completion of this Adoption Agreement and
                      the legal tax implications of adopting this Plan.
             2.       I understand that my failure to properly complete this
                      Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the
                      Plan.
             3.       I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me
                      of any amendments made to the Plan and will notify me
                      should it discontinue or abandon the Plan.
             4.       I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and
                      the corresponding Basic Plan Document.

             Signature                           Signature 
                       ------------------                  ------------------

             Type Name                           Type Name 
                       ------------------                  ------------------


<PAGE>
RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer  MCSC Fremont Acquisition Corporation; Trade Name:  TBS 
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                  Printware, Inc.
                  ---------------
Address 6100 Stewart Avenue
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
City Fremont                State  CA                  Zip  94538-3152
     ----------------             -------------             -------------------
Telephone:  510-651-2200          Related Employer's Federal Tax Identification
            ---------------       Number  94-2363788
                                          ----------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the 
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting 
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the 
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed 4/29/98
                               ---------------------               ------------
Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title President, CEO
           -----------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed 4/29/98
                       -----------------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee /s/ Thomas C. Winstel            Date Signed 4/29/98     
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name Thomas C. Winstel                            Title Director, Secretary
          ------------------------------------------         and Vice President
                                                             ------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Mary A. Stewart              Date Signed 4/29/98     
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name Mary A. Stewart                              Title Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Michael E. Peppel            Date Signed 4/29/98
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name                                              Title
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------

<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Employer MCSC Bulldog Acquisition Corporation; Trade Name: Computer 
                 --------------------------------------------------------------
                 Showcase, Inc.
                 --------------
Address 5555 Oakbrook Parkway, Suite 120
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
City  Norcross           State  GA                    Zip  30093
     -----------------         -----------------          ---------------------
Telephone:  770-613-0980           Related Employer's Federal Tax Identification
            -----------------      Number  58-2375468
                                           -----------------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the 
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting 
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the 
Adopting Employer.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed 4/29/98     
                               ---------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO    
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed 4/29/98     
                       -----------------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee /s/ Thomas C. Winstel            Date Signed 4/29/98     
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name Thomas C. Winstel                            Title Director, Secretary
          ------------------------------------------         and Vice President
                                                             -------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Mary A. Stewart              Date Signed 4/29/98      
                      ------------------------------               -------------
Type Name Mary A. Stewart                              Title Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         -------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Michael E. Peppel            Date Signed 4/29/98
                      ------------------------------               -------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         -------------------
Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name                                              Title
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------


<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer MCSC Oregon Acquisition Corporation; Trade Name: Force 4 D.P
                 Supplies, Inc.
                 --------------------------------------------------------------
Address 7130 SW Fir Loop
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
City  Portland          State  OR                    Zip  97223                
     ---------------          ---------------            ----------------------
Telephone: 503-620-8888      Related Employer's Federal Tax Identification
           --------------    Number 93-0665441
                                    -----------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the 
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting 
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the 
Adopting Employer.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed 4/29/98     
                               ---------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO    
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed 4/29/98     
                       -----------------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee /s/ Thomas C. Winstel            Date Signed 4/29/98     
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name Thomas C. Winstel                            Title Director, Secretary
          ------------------------------------------         and Vice President
                                                             -------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Mary A. Stewart              Date Signed 4/29/98      
                      ------------------------------               -------------
Type Name Mary A. Stewart                              Title Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         -------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Michael E. Peppel            Date Signed 4/29/98
                      ------------------------------               -------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         -------------------
Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name                                              Title
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------


<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Employer  MCSC Texas Acquisition Corporaiton; Trade Name: BRITCO, Inc.
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
Address  8179 Almeda
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
City  Houston           State  TX              Zip  77054                      
     ---------------          -------------        ----------------------------
Telephone: 713-748-8405          Related Employer's Federal Tax Identification
           ------------          Number 74-2117385
                                        -----------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the 
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting 
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the 
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed 4/29/98     
                               ---------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO    
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed 4/29/98     
                       -----------------------------               ------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------
ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee /s/ Mary A. Stewart              Date Signed 4/29/98      
                      ------------------------------               -------------
Type Name Mary A. Stewart                              Title Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         -------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Thomas C. Winstel            Date Signed 4/29/98     
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name Thomas C. Winstel                            Title Director, Secretary
          ------------------------------------------         and Vice President
                                                             -------------------
Signature for Trustee /s/ Michael E. Peppel            Date Signed 4/29/98
                      ------------------------------               -------------
Type Name Michael E. Peppel                            Title President, CEO
          ------------------------------------------         -------------------
Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed
                      ------------------------------               ------------
Type Name                                              Title
          ------------------------------------------         ------------------

<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer  New Hampshire Acquisition Corporation; Trade Name:  NTI      
                 --------------------------------------------------------------

Address  30 Lamy Drive                                                         
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

City  Goffstown              State  NH                    Zip  03045           
     --------------------          --------------------       -----------------

Telephone: 603-627-4550      Related Employer's Federal  
           --------------     Tax Identification Number  02-0494741
                                                        -----------------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed        4/29/98
                               ---------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer  /s/ Michael E. Peppel          Date Signed        4/29/98 
                       -----------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO  
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Mary A. Stewart             Date Signed        4/29/98                
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Mary A. Stewart                             Title  Vice President                     
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Thomas C. Winstel           Date Signed        4/29/98                 
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Thomas C. Winstel                           Title  Director, Secretary and Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed        4/29/98                 
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title President, CEO 
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed 
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name                                              Title 
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer  MCSC Fremont Acquisition Corporaiton: Trade Name: TBS 
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                  Printware, Inc. 
                  ----------------

Address  6100 Stewart Avenue 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------

City  Fremont                State  CA                    Zip  94538-3152 
     --------------------          -------------------         -----------------

Telephone: 510-651-2200      Related Employer's Federal 
           --------------     Tax Identification Number 94-2363788
                                                        ------------------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed        4/29/98 
                               ---------------------                --------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer  /s/ Michael E. Peppel          Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                       -----------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee /s/ Thomas C. Winstel            Date Signed       4/29/98                    
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Thomas C. Winstel                           Title  Director, Secretary and Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Mary A. Stewart             Date Signed        4/29/98                      
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Mary A. Stewart                             Title  Vice President                            
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed        4/29/98                 
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                          
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name                                              Title      
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer  New Hampshire Acquisition Corporation; Trade Name:  NTI      
                 --------------------------------------------------------------

Address  30 Lamy Drive                                                         
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

City  Goffstown              State  NH                    Zip  03045
     --------------------          -------------------        -----------------

Telephone: 603-627-4550      Related Employer's Federal 
           --------------     Tax Identification Number  02-0494741            
                                                        -----------------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                               ---------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer  /s/ Michael E. Peppel          Date Signed        4/29/98                    
                       -----------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Mary A. Stewart             Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Mary A. Stewart                             Title  Vice President                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Thomas C. Winstel           Date Signed        4/29/98                     
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Thomas C. Winstel                           Title  Director, Secretary and Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed        4/29/98               
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed                                  
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name                                              Title                                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer  MCSC Texas Acquisition Corporaiton; Trade Name:  BRITCO, Inc.
                 --------------------------------------------------------------

Address  8179 Almeda                                                           
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

City  Houston                State  TX                    Zip  77054           
     --------------------          -------------------        -----------------

Telephone: 713-748-8405     Related Employer's Federal 
           --------------    Tax Identification Number  74-2117385             
                                                       ------------------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                               ---------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer  /s/ Michael E. Peppel          Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                       -----------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Mary A. Stewart             Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Mary A. Stewart                             Title  Vice President                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Thomas C. Winstel           Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Thomas C. Winstel                           Title  Director, Secretary and Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed                                  
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name                                              Title                                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer  MCSC Oregon Acquisition Corporation;  Trade Name:  Force 4 D.P
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  Supplies, Inc.
                  --------------

Address  7130 SW Fir Loop                                                      
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

City  Portland               State  OR                    Zip  97223           
     ---------------------         -------------------        -----------------

Telephone:  503-620-8888     Related Employer's Federal 
            --------------    Tax Identification Number   93-0665441           
                                                        -----------------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                               ---------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer  /s/ Michael E. Peppel          Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                       -----------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Thomas C. Winstel           Date Signed      4/29/98                     
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Thomas C. Winstel                           Title  Director, Secretary and Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Mary A. Stewart             Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Mary A. Stewart                             Title  Vice President                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed                                  
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name                                              Title                                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         RELATED EMPLOYER INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Employer  MCSC Building Acquisition Corporation; Trade Name:  
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                  Computer Showcase, Inc.
                  -----------------------
Address  5555 Oakbrook Parkway, Suite 120                                      
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

City  Norcross               State  GA                    Zip  30093           
     --------------------          -------------------        -----------------
Telephone: 770-613-0980      Related Employer's Federal 
           --------------     Tax Identification Number  58-2375468
                                                        -----------------------

The Related Employer identified above elects to participate in the Plan of the
Employer identified in Section 1 of the Adoption Agreement (i.e., the Adopting
Employer) to which this Related Employer Participation Agreement is attached. 
The Related Employer accepts all of the terms of the Plan as executed by the
Adopting Employer.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SIGNATURES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Signature for Related Employer /s/ Michael E. Peppel   Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                               ---------------------               ---------------------------------
Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Signature for Employer  /s/ Michael E. Peppel          Date Signed       4/29/98                    
                       -----------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Thomas C. Winstel           Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Thomas C. Winstel                           Title Director, Secretary and Vice President
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Mary A. Stewart             Date Signed        4/29/98                   
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name  Mary A. Stewart                             Title  Vice President                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee  /s/ Michael E. Peppel           Date Signed        4/29/98                   

Type Name  Michael E. Peppel                           Title  President, CEO                        
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

Signature for Trustee                                  Date Signed                                  
                      ------------------------------               ---------------------------------

Type Name                                              Title      
          ------------------------------------------         ---------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 04
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SECTION ONE:  DEFINITIONS
<S>         <C>                                                               <C>
   1.01     Adoption Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
   1.02     Basic Plan Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
   1.03     Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
   1.04     Break in Eligibility Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
   1.05     Break in Vesting Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
   1.06     Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
   1.07     Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
   1.08     Custodian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.09     Disability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.10     Early Retirement Age. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.11     Earned Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.12     Effective Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.13     Eligibility Computation Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.14     Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.15     Employer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.16     Employer Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.17     Employment Commencement Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.18     Employer Profit Sharing Contribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
   1.19     Entry Dates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
   1.20     ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
   1.21     Forfeiture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
   1.22     Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
   1.23     Highly Compensated Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
   1.24     Hours of Service - Means. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
   1.25     Individual Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
   1.26     Investment Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
   1.27     Key Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
   1.28     Leased Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
   1.29     Nondeductible Employee Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
   1.30     Normal Retirement Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.31     Owner-Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.32     Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.33     Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.34     Plan Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.35     Plan Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.36     Prior Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.37     Prototype Sponsor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.38     Qualifying Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.39     Related Employer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.40     Related Employer Participation Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.41     Self-Employed Individual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.42     Separate Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.43     Taxable Wage Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.44     Termination of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
   1.45     Top-Heavy Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
   1.46     Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
   1.47     Valuation Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
   1.48     Vested. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
   1.49     Year of Eligibility Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
   1.50     Year of Vesting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SECTION TWO:  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
<S>         <C>                                                               <C>
   2.01     Eligibility To Participate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
   2.02     Plan Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
   2.03     Transfer to or From Ineligible Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
   2.04     Return as a Participant After Break in Eligibility Service. . . . 8
   2.05     Determinations Under This Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
   2.06     Terms of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
   2.07     Special Rules Where Elapsed Time Method Is Being Used . . . . . . 8
   2.08     Election Not To Participate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
   
SECTION THREE:  CONTRIBUTIONS

   3.01     Employer Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
   3.02     Nondeductible Employee Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
   3.03     Rollover Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
   3.04     Transfer Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
   3.05     Limitation on Allocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
   
SECTION FOUR:  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION
   4.01     Individual Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
   4.02     Valuation of Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
   4.03     Valuation of Individual Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
   4.04     Modification of Method for Valuing Individual Accounts. . . . . .17
   4.05     Segregation of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
   4.06     Statement of Individual Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

SECTION FIVE:  TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN
   5.01     Creation of Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
   5.02     Investment Authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
   5.03     Financial Organization Custodian or Trustee Without 
            Full Trust Powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
   5.04     Financial Organization Trustee With Full Trust Powers and 
            Individual Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
   5.05     Division of Fund Into Investment Funds. . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
   5.06     Compensation and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
   5.07     Not Obligated to Question Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
   5.08     Liability For Withholding on Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . .20
   5.09     Resignation or Removal of Trustee (or Custodian). . . . . . . . .20
   5.10     Degree of Care - Limitations of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . .20
   5.11     Indemnification of Prototype Sponsor and Trustee (or Custodian) .20
   5.12     Investment Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
   5.13     Matters Relating to Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
   5.14     Direction of Investments by Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
   
SECTION SIX:  VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION
   6.01     Distribution To Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
   6.02     Form of Distribution to a Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
   6.03     Distributions Upon the Death of a Participant . . . . . . . . . .26
   6.04     Form of Distribution to Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
   6.05     Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
   6.06     Distribution Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
   6.07     Annuity Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
   6.08     Loans to Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
   6.09     Distribution in Kind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
   6.10     Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions . . . . . . .34
   6.11     Procedure for Missing Participants or Beneficiaries . . . . . . .35
   
SECTION SEVEN:  CLAIMS PROCEDURE
   7.01     Filing a Claim for Plan Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
   7.02     Denial of Claim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
   7.03     Remedies Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SECTION EIGHT:  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
<S>         <C>                                                              <C>
   8.01     Employer is Plan Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
   8.02     Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator . . . . . . . . . . .36
   8.03     Expenses and Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
   8.04     Information from Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

SECTION NINE:  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
   9.01     Right of Prototype Sponsor to Amend the Plan. . . . . . . . . . .37
   9.02     Right of Employer to Amend the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
   9.03     Limitation on Power to Amend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
   9.04     Amendment of Vesting Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
   9.05     Permanency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
   9.06     Method and Procedure for Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
   9.07     Continuance of Plan by Successor Employer . . . . . . . . . . . .38
   9.08     Failure of Plan Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
   
SECTION TEN:  MISCELLANEOUS
   10.01    State Community Property Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
   10.02    Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
   10.03    Gender and Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
   10.04    Plan Merger or Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
   10.05    Standard of Fiduciary Conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
   10.06    General Undertaking Of All Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
   10.07    Agreement Binds Heirs, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
   10.08    Determination Of Top-Heavy Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
   10.09    Special Limitations for Owner-Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
   10.10    Inalienability of Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
   10.11    Cannot Eliminate Protected Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
   
SECTION ELEVEN:  401(k) PROVISIONS
   11.100   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
   11.101   Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
   11.102   Aggregate Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.103   Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.104   Contributing Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.105   Contribution Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.106   Contribution Percentage Amounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.107   Elective Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.108   Eligible Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.109   Excess Aggregate Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
   11.110   Excess Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.111   Excess Elective Deferrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.112   Matching Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.113   Qualified Nonelective Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.114   Qualified Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.115   Qualifying Contributing Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.200   Contributing Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.201   Requirements to Enroll as a Contributing Participant. . . . . . .43
   11.202   Changing Elective Deferral Amounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
   11.203   Ceasing Elective Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.204   Return as a Contributing Participant After Ceasing 
            Elective Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.205   Certain One-Time Irrevocable Elections. . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.300   Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.301   Contributions By Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.302   Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.303   Qualified Nonelective Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.304   Qualified Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
   11.305   Nondeductible Employee Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>         <C>                                                              <C>
   11.400   Nondiscrimination Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
   11.401   Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
   11.402   Limits on Nondeductible Employee Contributions and 
            Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
   11.500   Distribution Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
   11.501   General Rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
   11.502   Distribution Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
   11.503   Hardship Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
   11.504   Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals . . . . . . . . . . . .48
   11.505   Distribution of Excess Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
   11.506   Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. . . . . . . . . .49
   11.507   Recharacterization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
   11.508   Distribution of Elective Deferrals if Excess Annual Additions . .50
   11.600   Vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
   11.601   100% Vesting on Certain Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
   11.602   Forfeitures and Vesting of Matching Contributions . . . . . . . .50
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 04
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION ONE     DEFINITIONS 
                The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with
                initial capital letters shall, for the purpose of this Plan,
                have the meanings set forth below unless the context indicates
                that other meanings are intended:  

       1.01     ADOPTION AGREEMENT  
                Means the document executed by the Employer through which it
                adopts the Plan and Trust and thereby agrees to be bound by all
                terms and conditions of the Plan and Trust.  

       1.02     BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
                Means this prototype Plan and Trust document.

       1.03     BENEFICIARY
                Means the individual or individuals designated pursuant to
                Section 6.03(A) of the Plan.

       1.04     BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
                Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an
                Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee fails
                to complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser
                number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement
                for this purpose).

       1.05     BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE   
                Means a Plan Year (or other vesting computation period
                described in Section 1.50) during which an Employee fails to
                complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number
                of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for
                this purpose).     

       1.06     CODE 
                Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from 
                time-to-time.

       1.07     COMPENSATION 
                A.   BASIC DEFINITION
                     For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the
                     following definition of Compensation shall apply:

                     As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and
                     if no election is made, W-2 wages will be deemed to have
                     been selected), Compensation shall mean one of the
                     following: 

                     1.   W-2 wages.  Compensation is defined as information
                          required to be reported under Sections 6041 and 6051,
                          and 6052 of the Code (Wages, tips and other
                          compensation as reported on Form W-2).  Compensation
                          is defined as wages within the meaning of Section
                          3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of
                          compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the
                          course of the Employer's trade or business) for which
                          the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a
                          written statement under Sections 6041(d) and
                          6051(a)(3), and 6052 of the Code.  Compensation must
                          be determined without regard to any rules under
                          Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included
                          in wages based on the nature or location of the
                          employment or the services performed (such as the
                          exception for agricultural labor in Section
                          3401(a)(2)). 

                     2.   Section 3401(a) wages.  Compensation is defined as
                          wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the
                          Code, for the purposes of income tax withholding at
                          the source but determined without regard to any rules
                          that limit the remuneration included in wages based
                          on the nature or location of the employment or the
                          services performed (such as the exception for
                          agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

                     3    415 safe-harbor compensation.  Compensation is
                          defined as wages, salaries, and fees for professional
                          services and other amounts received (without regard
                          to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for
                          personal services actually rendered in the course of
                          employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to
                          the extent that the amounts are includible in gross
                          income (including, but not limited to, commissions
                          paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis
                          of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
                          premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and
                          reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
                          nonaccountable plan (as described in 1.62-2(c)), and
                          excluding the following:


                                       1

<PAGE>

                          a.  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
                              compensation which are not includible in the
                              Employee's gross income for the taxable year in
                              which contributed, or employer contributions under
                              a simplified employee pension plan to the extent
                              such contributions are deductible by the Employee,
                              or any distributions from a plan of deferred
                              compensation;
                          b.  Amounts realized from the exercise of a
                              nonqualified stock option, or when restricted
                              stock (or property) held by the Employee either
                              becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                              subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
                          c.  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                              disposition of stock acquired under a qualified
                              stock option; and
                          d.  Other amounts which received special tax benefits,
                              or contributions made by the Employer (whether or
                              not under a salary reduction agreement) towards
                              the purchase of an annuity contract described in
                              Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the
                              contributions are actually excludable from the
                              gross income of the Employee).  

                     For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan,
                     Compensation will mean Earned Income.

                B.   DETERMINATION PERIOD AND OTHER RULES
                     Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is
                     actually paid to the Participant during the determination
                     period.  Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the
                     determination period shall be the Plan Year unless the
                     Employer has selected another period in the Adoption
                     Agreement.   If the Employer makes no election, the
                     determination period shall be the Plan Year.

                     Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement,
                     Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed
                     by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
                     and which is not includible in the gross income of the
                     Employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or
                     403(b) of the Code.

                     Where this Plan is being adopted as an amendment and
                     restatement to bring a Prior Plan into compliance with the
                     Tax Reform Act of 1986, such Prior Plan's definition of
                     Compensation shall apply for Plan Years beginning before
                     January 1, 1989.

                C.   LIMITS ON COMPENSATION
                     For years beginning after December 31, 1988 and before
                     January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
                     Participant taken into account for determining all
                     benefits provided under the Plan for any determination
                     period shall not exceed $200,000.  This limitation shall
                     be  adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in the
                     same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except
                     that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any
                     calendar year is effective for Plan Years beginning in
                     such calendar year and the first adjustment to the
                     $200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990.  

                     For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
                     annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account
                     for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for
                     any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for
                     increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Section
                     401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The 
                     cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year 
                     applies to any determination period beginning in such 
                     calendar year.

                     If the period for determining Compensation used in
                     calculating an Employee's allocation for a determination
                     period is a short Plan Year (i.e., shorter than 12
                     months), the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal
                     to the otherwise applicable annual Compensation limit
                     multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                     number of months in the short Plan Year, and the
                     denominator of which is 12.

                     In determining the Compensation of a Participant for
                     purposes of this limitation, the rules of Section
                     414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying such
                     rules, the term "family" shall include only the spouse of
                     the Participant and any lineal descendants of the
                     Participant who have not attained age 19 before the close
                     of the year.  If, as a result of the application of such
                     rules the adjusted $200,000 limitation is exceeded, then
                     (except for purposes of determining the portion of
                     Compensation up to the integration level, if this Plan
                     provides for permitted disparity), the limitation shall be
                     prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to
                     each such individual's Compensation as determined under
                     this Section prior to the application of this limitation.

                     If Compensation for any prior determination period is
                     taken into account in determining an Employee's
                     allocations or benefits for the current determination
                     period, the Compensation for such prior determination
                     period is subject to the applicable annual Compensation
                     limit in effect for that prior period.  For this purpose,
                     in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or
                     after January 1, 1989, the annual Compensation limit in
                     effect for determination periods beginning before that
                     date is $200,000.  In addition, in determining allocations
                     in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
                     annual Compensation limit in effect for determination
                     periods beginning before that date is $150,000.


                                       2

<PAGE>

       1.08     CUSTODIAN
                Means an entity specified in the Adoption Agreement as
                Custodian or any duly appointed successor as provided in
                Section 5.09.

       1.09     DISABILITY
                Unless the Employer has elected a different definition in the
                Adoption Agreement, Disability means the inability to engage in
                any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically
                determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected
                to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to
                last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.  The
                permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by
                medical evidence.

       1.10     EARLY RETIREMENT AGE
                Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement.  The Plan
                will not have an Early Retirement Age if none is specified in
                the Adoption Agreement.

       1.11     EARNED INCOME
                Means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or
                business with respect to which the Plan is established, for
                which personal services of the individual are a material
                income-producing factor.  Net earnings will be determined
                without regard to items not included in gross income and the
                deductions allocable to such items.  Net earnings are reduced
                by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the
                extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.  

                Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction
                allowed to the Employer by Section 164(f) of the Code for
                taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.  

       1.12     EFFECTIVE DATE
                Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the
                Adoption Agreement.  However, as indicated in the Adoption
                Agreement, certain provisions may have specific effective
                dates.  Further, where a separate date is stated in the Plan as
                of which a particular Plan provision becomes effective, such
                date will control with respect to that provision.

       1.13     ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
                An Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be
                the 12 consecutive month period commencing on the Employee's
                Employment Commencement Date.  The Employee's subsequent
                Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the 12 consecutive
                month periods commencing on the anniversaries of his or her
                Employment Commencement Date; provided, however, if pursuant to
                the Adoption Agreement, an Employee is required to complete one
                or less Years of Eligibility Service to become a Participant,
                then his or her subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods
                shall be the Plan Years commencing with the Plan Year beginning
                during his or her initial Eligibility Computation Period.  An
                Employee does not complete a Year of Eligibility Service before
                the end of the 12 consecutive month period regardless of when
                during such period the Employee completes the required number
                of Hours of Service.

       1.14     EMPLOYEE
                Means any person employed by an Employer maintaining the Plan
                or of any other employer required to be aggregated with such
                Employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

                The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed
                to be an Employee of any Employer described in the previous
                paragraph as provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

       1.15     EMPLOYER
                Means any corporation, partnership, sole-proprietorship or
                other entity named in the Adoption Agreement  and any successor
                who by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise assumes the
                obligations of the Plan.  A partnership is considered to be the
                Employer of each of the partners and a sole-proprietorship is
                considered to be the Employer of a sole proprietor.  Where this
                Plan is being maintained by a union or other entity that
                represents its member Employees in the negotiation of
                collective bargaining agreements, the term Employer shall mean
                such union or other entity.

       1.16     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
                Means the amount contributed by the Employer each year as
                determined under this Plan.  

       1.17     EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE
                An Employee's Employment Commencement date means the date the
                Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

       1.18     EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION
                Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the Section of
                the Adoption Agreement titled "Employer Profit Sharing
                Contributions."  The Employer may make Employer Profit Sharing
                Contributions without regard to current or accumulated earnings
                or profits.


                                       3

<PAGE>

       1.19     ENTRY DATES
                Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
                seventh month of the Plan Year, unless the Employer has
                specified different dates in the Adoption Agreement.

       1.20     ERISA
                Means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as
                amended from time-to-time.

       1.21     FORFEITURE
                Means that portion of a Participant's Individual Account
                derived from Employer Contributions which he or she is not
                entitled to receive (i.e., the nonvested portion).  

       1.22     FUND
                Means the Plan assets held by the Trustee for the Participants'
                exclusive benefit.  

       1.23     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
                The term Highly Compensated Employee includes highly
                compensated active employees and highly compensated former
                employees.  

                A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who
                performs service for the Employer during the determination year
                and who, during the look-back year: (a) received Compensation
                from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted pursuant to
                Section 415(d) of the Code); (b) received Compensation from the
                Employer in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section
                415(d) of the Code) and was a member of the top-paid group for
                such year; or (c) was an officer of the Employer and received
                Compensation during such year that is greater than 50% of the
                dollar limitation in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
                Code.  The term Highly Compensated Employee also includes:  (a)
                Employees who are both described in the preceding sentence if
                the term "determination year" is substituted for the term
                "look-back year" and the Employee is one of the 100 Employees
                who received the most Compensation from the Employer during the
                determination year; and (b) Employees who are 5% owners at any
                time during the look-back year or determination year.

                If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of (c)
                above during either a determination year or look-back year, the
                highest paid officer for such year shall be treated as a Highly
                Compensated Employee.  

                For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan
                Year.  The look-back year shall be the 12 month period
                immediately preceding the determination year.  

                A highly compensated former employee includes any Employee who
                separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior
                to the determination year, performs no service for the Employer
                during the determination year, and was a highly compensated
                active employee for either the separation year or any
                determination year ending on or after the Employee's 55th
                birthday.  

                If an Employee is, during a determination year or look-back
                year, a family member of either a 5% owner who is an active or
                former Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of
                the 10 most Highly Compensated Employees ranked on the basis of
                Compensation paid by the Employer during such year, then the
                family member and the 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated
                Employee shall be aggregated.  In such case, the family member
                and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated Employee shall be
                treated as a single Employee receiving Compensation and Plan
                contributions or benefits equal to the sum of such Compensation
                and contributions or benefits of the family member and 5% owner
                or top 10 Highly Compensated Employee.  For purposes of this
                Section, family member includes the spouse, lineal ascendants
                and descendants of the Employee or former Employee and the
                spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.  

                The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
                including the determinations of the number and identity of
                Employees in the top-paid group, the top 100 Employees, the
                number of Employees treated as officers and the Compensation
                that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section
                414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.  

       1.24     HOURS OF SERVICE - Means
                A.   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                     payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. 
                     These hours will be credited to the Employee for the
                     computation period in which the duties are performed; and 

                B.   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                     payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time
                     during which no duties are performed (irrespective of
                     whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to
                     vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
                     disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
                     absence.  No more than 501 Hours of Service will be
                     credited under this paragraph for any single continuous
                     period (whether or not such period occurs in a single
                     computation period).  Hours under this paragraph shall be
                     calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of
                     the Department of Labor Regulations which is incorporated
                     herein by this reference; and  


                                       4

<PAGE>

                C.   Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
                     of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the
                     Employer.  The same Hours of Service will not be credited
                     both under paragraph (A) or paragraph (B), as the case may
                     be, and under this paragraph (C).  These hours will be
                     credited to the Employee for the computation period or
                     periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather
                     than the computation period in which the award, agreement,
                     or payment is made.  

                D.   Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in
                     Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service has
                     occurred in a computation period (the computation period
                     for purposes of determining whether a Break in Vesting
                     Service has occurred is the Plan Year or other vesting
                     computation period described in Section 1.50), an
                     individual who is absent from work for maternity or
                     paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of
                     Service which would otherwise have been credited to such
                     individual but for such absence, or in any case in which
                     such hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per
                     day of such absence.  For purposes of this paragraph, an
                     absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means
                     an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the
                     individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the
                     individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with
                     the individual in connection with the adoption of such
                     child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring
                     for such child for a period beginning immediately
                     following such birth or placement.  The Hours of Service
                     credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the
                     Eligibility Computation Period or Plan Year or other
                     vesting computation period described in Section 1.50 in
                     which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to
                     prevent a Break in Eligibility Service or a Break in
                     Vesting Service in the applicable period, or (2) in all
                     other cases, in the following Eligibility Computation
                     Period or Plan Year or other vesting computation period
                     described in Section 1.50.  

                E.   Hours of Service will be credited for employment with
                     other members of an affiliated service group (under
                     Section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of
                     corporations (under Section 414(b) of the Code), or a
                     group of trades or businesses under common control (under
                     Section 414(c) of the Code) of which the adopting Employer
                     is a member, and any other entity required to be
                     aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of
                     the Code and the regulations thereunder.  

                     Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
                     considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under
                     Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the regulations
                     thereunder.  

                F.   Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor
                     employer, service for such predecessor employer shall be
                     treated as service for the Employer.  

                G.   The above method for determining Hours of Service may be
                     altered as specified in the Adoption Agreement.


       1.25     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT
                Means the account established and maintained under this Plan
                for each Participant in accordance with Section 4.01.  

       1.26     INVESTMENT FUND
                Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to Section
                5.05.  

       1.27     KEY EMPLOYEE
                Means any person who is determined to be a Key Employee under
                Section 10.08.  

       1.28     LEASED EMPLOYEE
                Means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient) who
                pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
                person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the
                recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined
                in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a
                substantially full time basis for a period of at least one
                year, and such services are of a type historically performed by
                Employees in the business field of the recipient Employer. 
                Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the
                leasing organization which are attributable to services
                performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as
                provided by the recipient Employer.  

                A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the
                recipient if: (1) such employee is covered by a money purchase
                pension plan providing: (a) a nonintegrated employer
                contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, as defined
                in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts
                contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are
                excludable from the employee's gross income under Section 125,
                Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of
                the Code, (b) immediate participation, and (c) full and
                immediate vesting; and (2) Leased Employees do not constitute
                more than 20% of the recipient's nonhighly compensated work
                force.  

       1.29     NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
                Means any contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a
                Participant that is included in the Participant's gross income
                in the year in which made and that is maintained under a
                separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated.


                                       5


<PAGE>

       1.30     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
                Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement.  However, if
                the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age which is less
                than the Normal Retirement Age, such mandatory age is deemed to
                be the Normal Retirement Age.  If no age is specified in the
                Adoption Agreement, the Normal Retirement Age shall be age 65.

       1.31     OWNER - EMPLOYEE
                Means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a
                partner owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits
                interest of the partnership.  

       1.32     PARTICIPANT
                Means any Employee or former Employee of the Employer who has
                met the Plan's eligibility requirements, has entered the Plan
                and who is or may become eligible to receive a benefit of any
                type from this Plan or whose Beneficiary may be eligible to
                receive any such benefit.  

       1.33     PLAN
                Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the
                Employer.  The Plan consists of this Basic Plan Document plus
                the corresponding Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by
                the Employer.

       1.34     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
                Means the person or persons determined to be the Plan
                Administrator in accordance with Section 8.01.  

       1.35     PLAN YEAR
                Means the 12 consecutive month period which coincides with the
                Employer's fiscal year or such other 12 consecutive month
                period as is designated in the Adoption Agreement.

       1.36     PRIOR PLAN
                Means a plan which was amended or replaced by adoption of this
                Plan document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

       1.37     PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
                Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement that makes
                this prototype plan available to employers for adoption. 

       1.38     QUALIFYING PARTICIPANT
                Means a Participant who has satisfied the requirements
                described in Section 3.01(B)(2) to be entitled to share in any
                Employer Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a
                Plan Year.

       1.39     RELATED EMPLOYER
                Means an employer that may be required to be aggregated with
                the Employer adopting this Plan for certain qualification
                requirements under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code
                (or any other employer that has ownership in common with the
                Employer).  A Related Employer may participate in this Plan if
                so indicated in the Section of the Adoption Agreement titled
                "Employer Information" or if such Related Employer executes a
                Related Employer Participation Agreement.

       1.40     RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
                Means the agreement under this prototype Plan that a Related
                Employer may execute to participate in this Plan.

       1.41     SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL
                Means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year
                from the trade or business for which the Plan is established; 
                also, an individual who would have had Earned Income but for
                the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the
                taxable year.  

       1.42     SEPARATE FUND
                Means a subdivision of the Fund held in the name of a
                particular Participant representing certain assets held for
                that Participant.  The assets which comprise a Participant's
                Separate Fund are those assets earmarked for him or her and
                those assets subject to the Participant's individual direction
                pursuant to Section 5.14.  

       1.43     TAXABLE WAGE BASE
                Means, with respect to any taxable year, the contribution and
                benefit base in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security
                Act at the beginning of the Plan Year.

       1.44     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                A Termination of Employment of an Employee of an Employer shall
                occur whenever his or her status as an Employee of such
                Employer ceases for any reason other than death.  An Employee
                who does not return to work for the Employer on or before the
                expiration of an authorized leave of absence from such Employer
                shall be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment
                when such leave ends.  


                                       6

<PAGE>

       1.45     TOP-HEAVY PLAN
                This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is
                determined to be such pursuant to Section 10.08.  

       1.46     TRUSTEE
                Means an individual, individuals or corporation specified in
                the Adoption Agreement as Trustee or any duly appointed
                successor as provided in Section 5.09.  Trustee shall mean
                Custodian in the event the financial organization named as
                Trustee does not have full trust powers.

       1.47     VALUATION DATE
                Means the date or dates as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
                If no date is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
                Valuation Date shall be the last day of the Plan Year and each
                other date designated by the Plan Administrator which is
                selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner when the
                assets of the Fund are valued at their then fair market value.

       1.48     VESTED
                Means nonforfeitable, that is, a claim which is unconditional
                and legally enforceable against the Plan obtained by a
                Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary to that part of an
                immediate or deferred benefit under the Plan which arises from
                a Participant's Years of Vesting Service. 

       1.49     YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
                Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an
                Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee
                completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser
                number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement
                for this purpose).  An Employee does not complete a Year of
                Eligibility Service before the end of the 12 consecutive month
                period regardless of when during such period the Employee
                completes the required number of Hours of Service.

       1.50     YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE
                Means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least
                1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of
                Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose). 
                Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, where the Employer so
                indicates in the Adoption Agreement, vesting shall be computed
                by reference to the 12 consecutive month period beginning with
                the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each successive
                12 month period commencing on the anniversaries thereof.

                In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive
                Breaks in Vesting Service, all Years of Vesting Service after
                such Breaks in Vesting Service will be disregarded for the
                purpose of determining the Vested portion of his or her
                Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions that
                accrued before such breaks.  Such Participant's prebreak
                service will count in vesting the postbreak Individual Account
                derived from Employer Contributions only if either:

                (A)  such Participant had any Vested right to any portion of
                     his or her Individual Account derived from Employer
                     Contributions at the time of his or her Termination of
                     Employment; or

                (B)  upon returning to service, the number of consecutive
                     Breaks in Vesting Service is less than his or her number
                     of Years of Vesting Service before such breaks.

                Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's
                prebreak and postbreak portions of his or her Individual
                Account derived from Employer Contributions.  Both subaccounts
                will share in the gains and losses of the Fund. 

                Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time
                excluded from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption
                Agreement.

                In the event the Plan Year is changed to a new 12-month period,
                Employees shall receive credit for Years of Vesting Service, in
                accordance with the preceding provisions of this definition,
                for each of the Plan Years (the old and new Plan Years) which
                overlap as a result of such change. 


SECTION TWO     ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION  

       2.01     ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
                Each Employee of the Employer, except those Employees who
                belong to a class of Employees which is excluded from
                participation as indicated in the Adoption Agreement, shall be
                eligible to participate in this Plan upon the satisfaction of
                the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements specified
                in the Adoption Agreement.

       2.02     PLAN ENTRY
                A.   If this Plan is a replacement of a Prior Plan by amendment
                     or restatement, each Employee of the Employer who was a
                     Participant in said Prior Plan before the Effective Date
                     shall continue to be a Participant in this Plan.

                B.   An Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as of
                     the Effective Date if the Employee has met the eligibility
                     requirements of Section 2.01 as of such date.  After the
                     Effective Date, each Employee shall become


                                       7

<PAGE>

                     a Participant on the first Entry Date following the date
                     the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements of 
                     Section 2.01 unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption 
                     Agreement.

                C.   The Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee who
                     becomes eligible to be a Participant under this Plan and
                     shall furnish the Employee with the application form,
                     enrollment forms or other documents which are required of
                     Participants.  The eligible Employee shall execute such
                     forms or documents and make available such information as
                     may be required in the administration of the Plan.

       2.03     TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS
                If an Employee who had been a Participant becomes ineligible to
                participate because he or she is no longer a member of an
                eligible class of Employees, but has not incurred a Break in
                Eligibility Service, such Employee shall participate
                immediately upon his or her return to an eligible class of
                Employees.  If such Employee incurs a Break in Eligibility
                Service, his or her eligibility to participate shall be
                determined by Section 2.04. 

                An Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of
                Employees will become a Participant immediately upon becoming a
                member of the eligible class provided such Employee has
                satisfied the age and Years of Eligibility Service
                requirements.  If such Employee has not satisfied the age and
                Years of Eligibility Service requirements as of the date he or
                she becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee shall
                become a Participant on the first Entry Date following the date
                he or she satisfies those requirements unless otherwise
                indicated in the Adoption Agreement.  

       2.04     RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE 
                A.   EMPLOYEE NOT PARTICIPANT BEFORE BREAK - If an Employee
                     incurs a Break in Eligibility Service before satisfying
                     the Plan's eligibility requirements, such Employee's Years
                     of Eligibility Service before such Break in Eligibility
                     Service will not be taken into account.  

                B.   NONVESTED PARTICIPANTS - In the case of a Participant who
                     does not have a Vested interest in his or her Individual
                     Account derived from Employer Contributions, Years of
                     Eligibility Service before a period of consecutive Breaks
                     in Eligibility Service will not be taken into account for
                     eligibility purposes if the number of consecutive Breaks
                     in Eligibility Service in such period equals or exceeds
                     the greater of 5 or the aggregate number of Years of
                     Eligibility Service before such break.  Such aggregate
                     number of Years of Eligibility Service will not include
                     any Years of Eligibility Service disregarded under the
                     preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks.  

                     If a Participant's Years of Eligibility Service are
                     disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such
                     Participant will be treated as a new Employee for
                     eligibility purposes.  If a Participant's Years of
                     Eligibility Service may not be disregarded pursuant to the
                     preceding paragraph, such Participant shall continue to
                     participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, shall
                     participate immediately upon reemployment.  

                C.   VESTED PARTICIPANTS - A Participant who has sustained a
                     Break in Eligibility Service and who had a Vested interest
                     in all or a portion of his or her Individual Account
                     derived from Employer Contributions shall continue to
                     participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, shall
                     participate immediately upon reemployment.  

       2.05     DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION
                The Plan Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each
                Employee to be a Participant.  This determination shall be
                conclusive and binding upon all persons except as otherwise
                provided herein or by law.  

       2.06     TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
                Neither the fact of the establishment of the Plan nor the fact
                that a common law Employee has become a Participant shall give
                to that common law Employee any right to continued employment; 
                nor shall either fact limit the right of the Employer to
                discharge or to deal otherwise with a common law Employee
                without regard to the effect such treatment may have upon the
                Employee's rights under the Plan.  

       2.07     SPECIAL RULES WHERE ELAPSED TIME METHOD IS BEING USED
                This Section 2.07 shall apply where the Employer has indicated
                in the Adoption Agreement that the elapsed time method will be
                used.  When this Section applies, the definitions of year of
                service, break in service and hour of service in this Section
                will replace the definitions of Year of Eligibility Service,
                Year of Vesting Service, Break in Eligibility Service, Break in
                Vesting Service and Hours of Service found in the Definitions
                Section of the Plan (Section One).

                For purposes of determining an Employee's initial or continued
                eligibility to participate in the Plan or the Vested interest
                in the Participant's Individual Account balance derived from
                Employer Contributions, (except for periods of service which
                may be disregarded on account of the "rule of parity" described
                in Sections 1.50 and 2.04) an Employee will receive credit for
                the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the
                Employee's first day of employment or reemployment and ending
                on the date a break in service begins.  The first day of
                employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee
                performs an hour of service.  An Employee will also receive
                credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive
                months.  Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in
                terms of days.


                                       8

<PAGE>

                For purposes of this Section, hour of service will mean each
                hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for
                the performance of duties for the Employer.  Break in service
                is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months. 
                Period of severance is a continuous period of time during which
                the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period
                begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is
                discharged, or if earlier, the 12 month anniversary of the date
                on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

                In the case of an individual who is absent from work for
                maternity or paternity reasons, the 12 consecutive month period
                beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such
                absence shall not constitute a break in service.  For purposes
                of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or
                paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the
                pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a
                child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a
                child with the individual in connection with the adoption of
                such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring
                for such child for a period beginning immediately following
                such birth or placement.

                Each Employee will share in Employer Contributions for the
                period beginning on the date the Employee commences
                participation under the Plan and ending on the date on which
                such Employee severs employment with the Employer or is no
                longer a member of an eligible class of Employees.

                If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group
                (under Section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of
                corporations (under Section 414(b) of the Code), a group of
                trades or businesses under common control (under Section 414(c)
                of the Code), or any other entity required to be aggregated
                with the Employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Code,
                service will be credited for any employment for any period of
                time for any other member of such group.  Service will also be
                credited for any individual required under Section 414(n) or
                Section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of any Employer
                aggregated under Section 414(b), (c), or (m) of the Code.

       2.08     ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE
                This Section 2.08 will apply if this Plan is a nonstandardized
                plan and the Adoption Agreement so provides.  If this Section
                applies, then an Employee or a Participant may elect not to
                participate in the Plan for one or more Plan Years.  The
                Employer may not contribute for an Employee or Participant for
                any Plan Year during which such Employee's or Participant's
                election not to participate is in effect.  Any election not to
                participate must be in writing and filed with the Plan
                Administrator.

                The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
                nondiscriminatory rules as it deems necessary or advisable to
                carry out the terms of this Section, including, but not limited
                to, rules prescribing the timing of the filing of elections not
                to participate and the procedures for electing to 
                re-participate in the Plan.

                An Employee or Participant continues to earn credit for vesting
                and eligibility purposes for each Year of Vesting Service or
                Year of Eligibility Service he or she completes and his or her
                Individual Account (if any) will share in the gains or losses
                of the Fund during the periods he or she elects not to
                participate.


SECTION THREE CONTRIBUTIONS 

       3.01     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 
                A.   OBLIGATION TO CONTRIBUTE - The Employer shall make
                     contributions to the Plan in accordance with the
                     contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
                     If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the Employer shall,
                     in its sole discretion, make contributions without regard
                     to current or accumulated earnings or profits.

                B.   ALLOCATION FORMULA AND THE RIGHT TO SHARE IN THE EMPLOYER
                     CONTRIBUTION - 

                     1.   General - The Employer Contribution for any Plan Year
                          will be allocated or contributed to the Individual
                          Accounts of Qualifying  Participants in accordance
                          with the allocation or contribution formula specified
                          in the Adoption Agreement.  The Employer Contribution
                          for any Plan Year will be allocated to each
                          Participant's Individual Account as of the last day
                          of that Plan Year.

                          Any Employer Contribution for a Plan Year must
                          satisfy Section 401(a)(4) and the regulations
                          thereunder for such Plan Year.

                     2.   Qualifying Participants - A Participant is a
                          Qualifying Participant and is entitled to share in
                          the Employer Contribution for any Plan Year if the
                          Participant was a Participant on at least one day
                          during the Plan Year and satisfies any additional
                          conditions specified in the Adoption Agreement.  If
                          this Plan is a standardized plan, unless the Employer
                          specifies more favorable conditions in the Adoption
                          Agreement, a Participant will not be a qualifying
                          Participant for a Plan Year if he or she incurs a
                          Termination of Employment during such Plan Year with
                          not more than 500 Hours of Service if he or she is
                          not an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year. 
                          The determination of whether a Participant is
                          entitled to share in the Employer Contribution shall
                          be made as of the last day of each Plan Year.


                                       9

<PAGE>

                     3.   Special Rules for Integrated Plans - This Plan may
                          not allocate contributions based on an integrated
                          formula if the Employer maintains any other plan that
                          provides for allocation of contributions based on an
                          integrated formula that benefits any of the same
                          Participants.  If the Employer has selected the
                          integrated contribution or allocation formula in the
                          Adoption Agreement, then the maximum disparity rate
                          shall be determined in accordance with the following
                          table.

                                MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Nonstandardized and
                            Money          Top-Heavy      Non-Top-Heavy Profit
   Integration Level       Purchase     Profit Sharing           Sharing
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>               <C>
Taxable Wage Base            5.7%            2.7%                 5.7%
(TWB)

More than $0 but not
more that 20% of TWB         5.7%            2.7%                 5.7%

More than 20% of TWB
but not more than 80%        4.3%            1.3%                 4.3%
of TWB

More than 80% of TWB
but not more that TWB        5.4%            2.4%                 5.4%
</TABLE>

C.     ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES - Forfeitures for a Plan Year which arise as a
       result of the application of Section 6.01(D) shall be allocated as
       follows:

       1.       Profit Sharing Plan - If this is a profit sharing plan, unless
                the Adoption Agreement indicates otherwise, Forfeitures shall
                be allocated in the manner provided in Section 3.01(B) (for
                Employer Contributions) to the Individual Accounts of
                Qualifying Participants who are entitled to share in the
                Employer Contribution for such Plan Year.  Forfeitures shall be
                allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year during which the
                Forfeiture arose (or any subsequent Plan Year if indicated in
                the Adoption Agreement).

       2.       Money Purchase Pension and Target Benefit Plan - If this Plan
                is a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan, unless the
                Adoption Agreement indicates otherwise, Forfeitures shall be
                applied towards the reduction of Employer Contributions to the
                Plan.   Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day of
                the Plan Year during which the Forfeiture arose (or any
                subsequent Plan Year if indicated in the Adoption Agreement).

D.     TIMING OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION - The Employer Contribution for each
       Plan Year shall be delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if
       applicable) not later than the due date for filing the Employer's income
       tax return for its fiscal year in which the Plan Year ends, including
       extensions thereof.  

E.     MINIMUM ALLOCATION FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS - The contribution and allocation
       provisions of this Section 3.01(E) shall apply for any Plan Year with
       respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.  

       1.       Except as otherwise provided in (3) and (4) below, the Employer
                Contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
                Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than
                the lesser of 3% of such Participant's Compensation or (in the
                case where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which
                designates this Plan to satisfy Section 401 of the Code) the
                largest percentage of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures,
                as a percentage of the first $200,000 ($150,000 for Plan Years
                beginning after December 31, 1993), (increased by any cost of
                living adjustment made by the Secretary of Treasury or the
                Secretary's delegate) of the Key Employee's Compensation,
                allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year.  The
                minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social
                Security contribution.  The Employer may, in the Adoption
                Agreement, limit the Participants who are entitled to receive
                the minimum allocation.  This minimum allocation shall be made
                even though under other Plan provisions, the Participant would
                not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would
                have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (a)
                the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service
                (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (b) the
                Participant's failure to make mandatory Nondeductible Employee
                Contributions to the Plan, or (c) Compensation less than a
                stated amount.  

       2.       For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation
                shall mean Compensation as defined in Section 1.07 of the Plan
                and shall exclude any amounts contributed by the Employer
                pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not
                includible in the gross income of the Employee under Sections
                125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code even if the
                Employer


                                      10

<PAGE>

                has elected to include such contributions in the definition of
                Compensation used for other purposes under the Plan.  

       3.       The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant
                who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the
                Plan Year. 

       4.       The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant
                to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan
                or plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the
                adoption agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit
                requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the
                other plan or plans.  

       5.       The minimum allocation required under this Section 3.01(E) and
                Section 3.01(F)(1) (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable
                under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code
                Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

F.     SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PAIRED PLANS - The Employer maintains paired
       plans if the Employer has adopted both a standardized profit sharing
       plan and a standardized money purchase pension plan using this Basic
       Plan Document.

       1.       Minimum Allocation - When the paired plans are top-heavy, the
                top-heavy requirements set forth in Section 3.01(E)(1) of the
                Plan shall apply.

                a.   Same eligibility requirements.  In satisfying the 
                     top-heavy minimum allocation requirements set forth in 
                     Section 3.01(E) of the Plan, if the Employees benefiting 
                     under each of the paired plans are identical, the 
                     top-heavy minimum allocation shall be made to the money 
                     purchase pension plan.
                b.   Different eligibility requirements.  In satisfying the
                     top-heavy minimum allocation requirements set forth in
                     Section 3.01(E) of the Plan, if the Employees benefiting
                     under each of the paired plans are not identical, the 
                     top-heavy minimum allocation will be made to both of the
                     paired plans.

                A Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan for any
                Plan Year during which the Participant received or is deemed to
                receive an allocation in accordance with Section 1.410(b)-3(a).

       2.       Only One Plan Can Be Integrated - If the Employer maintains
                paired plans, only one of the Plans may provide for the
                disparity in contributions which is permitted under Section
                401(l) of the Code.  In the event that both Adoption Agreements
                provide for such integration, only the money purchase pension
                plan shall be deemed to be integrated.

G.     RETURN OF THE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION TO THE EMPLOYER UNDER SPECIAL
       CIRCUMSTANCES - Any contribution made by the Employer because of a
       mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the
       contribution.  

       In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that
       the Plan is not initially qualified under the Code, any contributions
       made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer must be
       returned to the Employer within one year after the date the initial
       qualification is denied, but only if the application for qualification
       is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return
       for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as
       the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. 

       In the event that a contribution made by the Employer under this Plan is
       conditioned on deductibility and is not deductible under Code Section
       404, the contribution, to the extent of the amount disallowed, must be
       returned to the Employer within one year after the deduction is
       disallowed. 

H.     OMISSION OF PARTICIPANT  

       1.       If the Plan is a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan
                and, if in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included
                as a Participant is erroneously omitted and discovery of such
                omission is not made until after a contribution by the Employer
                for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall
                make a subsequent contribution to include earnings thereon,
                with respect to the omitted Employee in the amount which the
                Employer would have contributed with respect to that Employee
                had he or she not been omitted.

       2.       If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, and if in any Plan Year,
                any Employee who should be included as a Participant is
                erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made
                until after the Employer Contribution has been made and
                allocated, then the Plan Administrator must re-do the
                allocation (if a correction can be made) and inform the
                Employee.  Alternatively, the Employer may 

          
                                      11

<PAGE>

                choose to contribute for the omitted Employee the amount to 
                include earnings thereon, which the Employer would have 
                contributed for the Employee.

3.02   NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
       This Plan will not accept Nondeductible Employee Contributions and 
       matching contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in 
       which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.  Nondeductible Employee 
       Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, 
       together with any matching contributions as defined in Section 401(m) 
       of the Code, will be limited so as to meet the nondiscrimination test 
       of Section 401(m) of the Code.  A separate account will be maintained 
       by the Plan Administrator for the Nondeductible Employee Contributions 
       of each Participant.

       A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the Plan
       Administrator withdraw the lesser of the portion of his or her
       Individual Account attributable to his or her Nondeductible Employee
       Contributions or the amount he or she contributed as Nondeductible
       Employee Contributions.

       Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will be
       nonforfeitable at all times.  No Forfeiture will occur solely as a
       result of an Employee's withdrawal of Nondeductible Employee
       Contributions.

       The Plan Administrator will not accept deductible employee contributions
       which are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. 
       Contributions made prior to that date will be maintained in a separate
       account which will be nonforfeitable at all times.  The account will
       share in the gains and losses of the Fund in the same manner as
       described in Section 4.03 of the Plan.  No part of the deductible
       employee contribution account will be used to purchase life insurance.
       Subject to Section 6.05, joint and survivor annuity requirements (if
       applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of the deductible
       employee contribution account by making a written application to the
       Plan Administrator.

3.03   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
       If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may contribute a
       rollover contribution to the Plan.  The Plan Administrator may require
       the Employee to submit a written certification that the contribution
       qualifies as a rollover contribution under the applicable provisions of
       the Code.  If it is later determined that all or part of a rollover
       contribution was ineligible to be rolled into the Plan, the Plan
       Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings
       attributable thereto, be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as
       soon as administratively feasible.

       A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
       each Employee's rollover contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
       all times.  Such account will share in the income and gains and losses
       of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall be subject
       to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.  

       The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, only allow
       Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make rollover
       contributions.  

3.04   TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
       If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or Custodian, if
       applicable) may receive any amounts transferred to it from the trustee
       or custodian of another plan qualified under Code Section 401(a).  If it
       is later determined that all or part of a transfer contribution was
       ineligible to be transferred into the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall
       direct that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings attributable thereto,
       be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as soon as administratively
       feasible.

       A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
       each Employee's transfer contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
       all times.  Such account will share in the income and gains and losses
       of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall be subject
       to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.  Notwithstanding any
       provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional
       form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the
       Employee's retirement, death, Disability, or severance from employment,
       and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not
       available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the
       post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred,
       within the meaning of Section 414(l) of the Internal Revenue Code, to
       this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Section
       401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (other than any portion of those
       assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary employee
       contributions).

       The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, only allow
       Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make transfer
       contributions.

3.05   LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
       A.       If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
                participated in another qualified plan maintained by the
                Employer or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section
                419(e) of the Code maintained by the Employer, or an individual
                medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
                or a simplified employee pension plan, as defined in Section
                408(k) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides
                an annual addition as defined in Section 3.08(E)(1), the
                following rules shall apply:  

                                      12
<PAGE>

                1.   The amount of annual additions which may be credited to
                     the Participant's Individual Account for any limitation
                     year will not exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible
                     amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan.  If
                     the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be
                     contributed or allocated to the Participant's Individual
                     Account would cause the annual additions for the
                     limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount,
                     the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so
                     that the annual additions for the limitation year will
                     equal the maximum permissible amount. 

                2.   Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation
                     for the limitation year, the Employer may determine the
                     maximum permissible amount for a Participant on the basis
                     of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's
                     Compensation for the limitation year, uniformly determined
                     for all Participants similarly situated. 


                3.   As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of
                     the limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for
                     the limitation year will be determined on the basis of the
                     Participant's actual Compensation for the limitation year. 
                     

                4.   If pursuant to Section 3.05(A)(3) or as a result of the
                     allocation of Forfeitures there is an excess amount, the
                     excess will be disposed of as follows:  

                     a.   Any Nondeductible Employee Contributions, to the
                          extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be
                          returned to the Participant;  

                     b.   If after the application of paragraph (a) an excess
                          amount still exists, and the Participant is covered
                          by the Plan at the end of the limitation year, the
                          excess amount in the Participant's Individual Account
                          will be used to reduce Employer Contributions
                          (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such
                          Participant in the next limitation year, and each
                          succeeding limitation year if necessary;

                     c.   If after the application of paragraph (b) an excess
                          amount still exists, and the Participant is not
                          covered by the Plan at the end of a limitation year,
                          the excess amount will be held unallocated in a
                          suspense account.  The suspense account will be
                          applied to reduce future Employer Contributions
                          (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for all
                          remaining Participants in the next limitation year,
                          and each succeeding limitation year if necessary;  

                     d.   If a suspense account is in existence at any time
                          during a limitation year pursuant to this Section, it
                          will not participate in the allocation of the Fund's
                          investment gains and losses.  If a suspense account
                          is in existence at any time during a particular
                          limitation year, all amounts in the suspense account
                          must be allocated and reallocated to Participants'
                          Individual Accounts before any Employer Contributions
                          or any Nondeductible Employee Contributions may be
                          made to the Plan for that limitation year.  Excess
                          amounts may not be distributed to Participants or
                          former Participants. 

       B.       If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under
                another qualified master or prototype defined contribution plan
                maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained
                by the Employer, an individual medical account maintained by
                the Employer, or a simplified employee pension maintained by
                the Employer that provides an annual addition as defined in
                Section 3.05(E)(1), during any limitation year, the following
                rules apply:

                1.   The annual additions which may be credited to a
                     Participant's Individual Account under this Plan for any
                     such limitation year will not exceed the maximum
                     permissible amount reduced by the annual additions
                     credited to a Participant's Individual Account under the
                     other qualified master or prototype plans, welfare benefit
                     funds, individual medical accounts and simplified employee
                     pensions for the same limitation year.  If the annual
                     additions with respect to the Participant under other
                     qualified master or prototype defined contribution plans,
                     welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts and
                     simplified employee pensions maintained by the Employer
                     are less than the maximum permissible amount and the
                     Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed
                     or allocated to the Participant's Individual Account under
                     this Plan would cause the annual additions for the
                     limitation year to exceed this limitation, the amount
                     contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
                     annual additions under all such plans and funds for the
                     limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount. 
                     If the annual additions with respect to the Participant
                     under such other qualified master or prototype defined
                     contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual
                     medical accounts and simplified employee pensions in the
                     aggregate are equal to or greater than the maximum
                     permissible amount, no amount will be contributed or
                     allocated to the Participant's Individual Account under
                     this Plan for the limitation year.

                                      13
<PAGE>

                2.   Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation
                     for the limitation year, the Employer may determine the
                     maximum permissible amount for a Participant in the manner
                     described in Section 3.05(A)(2).

                3.   As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of
                     the limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for
                     the limitation year will be determined on the basis of the
                     Participant's actual Compensation for the limitation year.

                4.   If, pursuant to Section 3.05(B)(3) or as a result of the
                     allocation of Forfeitures a Participant's annual additions
                     under this Plan and such other plans would result in an
                     excess amount for a limitation year, the excess amount
                     will be deemed to consist of the annual additions last
                     allocated, except that annual additions attributable to a
                     simplified employee pension will be deemed to have been
                     allocated first, followed by annual additions to a welfare
                     benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of
                     the actual allocation date.

                5.   If an excess amount was allocated to a Participant on an
                     allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an
                     allocation date of another plan, the excess amount
                     attributed to this Plan will be the product of,

                     a.   the total excess amount allocated as of such date,
                          times

                     b.   the ratio of (i) the annual additions allocated to
                          the Participant for the limitation year as of such
                          date under this Plan to (ii) the total annual
                          additions allocated to the Participant for the
                          limitation year as of such date under this and all
                          the other qualified prototype defined contribution
                          plans.

       6.       Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in
                the manner described in Section 3.05(A)(4).

                C.   If the Participant is covered under another qualified
                     defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which
                     is not a master or prototype plan, annual additions which
                     may be credited to the Participant's Individual Account
                     under this Plan for any limitation year will be limited in
                     accordance with Sections 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) as
                     though the other plan were a master or prototype plan
                     unless the Employer provides other limitations in the
                     Section of the Adoption Agreement titled "Limitation on
                     Allocation - More Than One Plan."

                D.   If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a
                     qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in
                     this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined benefit
                     plan fraction and defined contribution plan fraction will
                     not exceed 1.0 in any limitation year.  The annual
                     additions which may be credited to the Participant's
                     Individual Account under this Plan for any limitation year
                     will be limited in accordance with the Section of the
                     Adoption Agreement titled "Limitation on Allocation - More
                     Than One Plan."  

                E.   The following terms shall have the following meanings when
                     used in this Section 3.05:  

                     1.   Annual additions:  The sum of the following amounts
                          credited to a Participant's Individual Account for
                          the limitation year:  

                          a.  Employer Contributions,  

                          b.  Nondeductible Employee Contributions,  

                          c.  Forfeitures,  

                          d.  amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an
                              individual medical account, as defined in Section
                              415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of a pension
                              or annuity plan maintained by the Employer are
                              treated as annual additions to a defined
                              contribution plan.  Also amounts derived from
                              contributions paid or accrued after December 31,
                              1985, in taxable years ending after such date,
                              which are attributable to post-retirement medical
                              benefits, allocated to the separate account of a
                              key employee, as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of
                              the Code, under a welfare benefit fund, as defined
                              in Section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the
                              Employer are treated as annual additions to a
                              defined contribution plan, and

                          e.  allocations under a simplified employee pension. 

                          For this purpose, any excess amount applied under
                          Section 3.05(A)(4) or 3.05(B)(6) in the limitation
                          year to reduce Employer Contributions will be
                          considered annual additions for such limitation year. 

                                      14
<PAGE>

                     2.   Compensation:  Means Compensation as defined in
                          Section 1.07 of the Plan except that Compensation for
                          purposes of this Section 3.05 shall not include any
                          amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
                          salary reduction agreement and which is not
                          includible in the gross income of the Employee under
                          Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of
                          the Code even if the Employer has elected to include
                          such contributions in the definition of Compensation
                          used for other purposes under the Plan.  Further, any
                          other exclusion the Employer has elected (such as the
                          exclusion of certain types of pay or pay earned
                          before the Employee enters the Plan) will not apply
                          for purposes of this Section.

                          Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation
                          for a Participant in a defined contribution plan who
                          is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
                          Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the Compensation
                          such Participant would have received for the
                          limitation year if the Participant had been paid at
                          the rate of Compensation paid immediately before
                          becoming permanently and totally disabled; such
                          imputed Compensation for the disabled Participant may
                          be taken into account only if the Participant is not
                          a Highly Compensated Employee (as defined in Section
                          414(q) of the Code) and contributions made on behalf
                          of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.  

                     3.   Defined benefit fraction:  A fraction, the numerator
                          of which is the sum of the Participant's projected
                          annual benefits under all the defined benefit plans
                          (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
                          Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser
                          of 125% of the dollar limitation determined for the
                          limitation year under Section 415(b) and (d) of the
                          Code or 140% of the highest average compensation,
                          including any adjustments under Section 415(b) of the
                          Code. 

                          Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
                          Participant as of the first day of the first
                          limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
                          one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the
                          Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
                          denominator of this fraction will not be less than
                          125% of the sum of the annual benefits under such
                          plans which the Participant had accrued as of the
                          close of the last limitation year beginning before
                          January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the
                          terms and conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986. 
                          The preceding sentence applies only if the defined
                          benefit plans individually and in the aggregate
                          satisfied the requirements of Section 415 of the Code
                          for all limitation years beginning before January 1,
                          1987. 

                     4.   Defined contribution dollar limitation:  $30,000 or
                          if greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar
                          limitation set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code
                          as in effect for the limitation year.  

                     5.   Defined contribution fraction:  A fraction, the
                          numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions
                          to the Participant's account under all the defined
                          contribution plans (whether or not terminated)
                          maintained by the Employer for the current and all
                          prior limitation years (including the annual
                          additions attributable to the Participant's
                          nondeductible employee contributions to all defined
                          benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained
                          by the Employer, and the annual additions
                          attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined
                          in Section 419(e) of the Code, individual medical
                          accounts, and simplified employee pensions,
                          maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of
                          which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for
                          the current and all prior limitation years of service
                          with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined
                          contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). 
                          The maximum aggregate amount in any limitation year
                          is the lesser of 125% of the dollar limitation
                          determined under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code
                          in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or
                          35% of the Participant's Compensation for such year.  

                          If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of
                          the first day of the first limitation year beginning
                          after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined
                          contribution plans maintained by the Employer which
                          were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of
                          this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
                          fraction and the defined benefit fraction would
                          otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. 
                          Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product
                          of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over
                          1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will
                          be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this
                          fraction.  The adjustment is calculated using the
                          fractions as they would be computed as of the end of
                          the last limitation year beginning before January 1,
                          1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and
                          conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but
                          using the Section 415 limitation applicable to the
                          first limitation year beginning on or after January
                          1, 1987. 

                          The annual addition for any limitation year beginning
                          before January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to
                          treat all Nondeductible Employee Contributions as
                          annual additions.  

                     6.   Employer:  For purposes of this Section 3.05,
                          Employer shall mean the Employer that adopts this
                          Plan, and all members of a controlled group of
                          corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the
                          Code as modified by Section 415(h)), all commonly
                          controlled trades or businesses (as defined in
                          Section 414(c) as modified by Section 415(h)) or
                          affiliated service groups (as defined in Section

                                      15
<PAGE>

                          414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and
                          any other entity required to be aggregated with the
                          Employer pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o)
                          of the Code.

                     7.   Excess amount:  The excess of the Participant's
                          annual additions for the limitation year over the
                          maximum permissible amount.

                     8.   Highest average compensation:  The average
                          compensation for the three consecutive years of
                          service with the Employer that produces the highest
                          average.  

                     9.   Limitation year:  A calendar year, or the 
                          12-consecutive month period elected by the Employer 
                          in the Adoption Agreement.  All qualified plans
                          maintained by the Employer must use the same
                          limitation year.  If the limitation year is amended
                          to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new
                          limitation year must begin on a date within the
                          limitation year in which the amendment is made.

                     10.  Master or prototype plan:  A plan the form of which
                          is the subject of a favorable opinion  letter from
                          the Internal Revenue Service.

                     11.  Maximum permissible amount:  The maximum annual
                          addition that may be contributed or allocated to a
                          Participant's Individual Account under the Plan for
                          any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:  

                          a.  the defined contribution dollar limitation, or
                          b.  25% of the Participant's Compensation for the
                              limitation year.

                          The compensation limitation referred to in (b) shall
                          not apply to any contribution for medical benefits
                          (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section
                          419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as
                          an annual addition under Section 415(l)(1) or
                          419A(d)(2) of the Code.  If a short limitation year
                          is created because of an amendment changing the
                          limitation year to a different 12-consecutive month
                          period, the maximum permissible amount will not
                          exceed the defined contribution dollar limitation
                          multiplied by the following fraction:

                          NUMBER OF MONTHS IN THE SHORT LIMITATION YEAR
                                        12

                     12.  Projected annual benefit:  The annual retirement
                          benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
                          straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in
                          a form other than a straight life annuity or
                          qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the
                          Participant would be entitled under the terms of the
                          Plan assuming:

                          a.  the Participant will continue employment until
                              Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current
                              age, if later), and

                          b.  the Participant's Compensation for the current
                              limitation year and all other relevant factors
                              used to determine benefits under the Plan will
                              remain constant for all future limitation years.

                          Straight life annuity means an annuity payable in
                          equal installments for the life of the Participant
                          that terminates upon the Participant's death.


SECTION FOUR    INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION 

       4.01     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
                A.   The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an
                     Individual Account in the name of each Participant to
                     reflect the total value of his or her interest in the
                     Fund.  Each Individual Account established hereunder shall
                     consist of such subaccounts as may be needed for each
                     Participant including: 

                     1.   a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions and
                          Forfeitures allocated on behalf of a Participant; 
                     2.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's rollover
                          contributions; 
                     3.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's transfer
                          contributions;  
                     4.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's Nondeductible
                          Employee Contributions; and 
                     5.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's deductible
                          employee contributions.

                B.   The Plan Administrator may establish additional accounts
                     as it may deem necessary for the proper administration of
                     the Plan, including, but not limited to, a suspense
                     account for Forfeitures as required pursuant to Section
                     6.01(D).  

                                      16
<PAGE>

       4.02     VALUATION OF FUND
                The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market
                value.  

       4.03     VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS  
                A.   Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant's
                     Individual Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the
                     Participant, then the value of that portion of such
                     Participant's Individual Account at any relevant time
                     equals the sum of the fair market values of the assets in
                     such Separate Fund, less any applicable charges or
                     penalties.

                B.   The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual
                     Account is determined in the following manner:

                     1.   First, the portion of the Individual Account invested
                          in each Investment Fund as of the previous Valuation
                          Date is determined.  Each such portion is reduced by
                          any withdrawal made from the applicable Investment
                          Fund to or for the benefit of a Participant or the
                          Participant's Beneficiary, further reduced by any
                          amounts forfeited by the Participant pursuant to
                          Section 6.01(D) and further reduced by any transfer
                          to another Investment Fund since the previous
                          Valuation Date and is increased by any amount
                          transferred from another Investment Fund since the
                          previous Valuation Date.  The resulting amounts are
                          the net Individual Account portions invested in the
                          Investment Funds.

                     2.   Secondly, the net Individual Account portions
                          invested in each Investment Fund are adjusted upwards
                          or downwards, pro rata (i.e., ratio of each net
                          Individual Account portion to the sum of all net
                          Individual Account portions) so that the sum of all
                          the net Individual Account portions invested in an
                          Investment Fund will equal the then fair market value
                          of the Investment Fund.  Notwithstanding the previous
                          sentence, for the first Plan Year only, the net
                          Individual Account portions shall be the sum of all
                          contributions made to each Participant's Individual
                          Account during the first Plan Year.

                     3.   Thirdly, any contributions to the Plan and
                          Forfeitures are allocated in accordance with the
                          appropriate allocation provisions of Section 3.  For
                          purposes of Section 4, contributions made by the
                          Employer for any Plan Year but after that Plan Year
                          will be considered to have been made on the last day
                          of that Plan Year regardless of when paid to the
                          Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).

                          Amounts contributed between Valuation Dates will not
                          be credited with investment gains or losses until the
                          next following Valuation Date.

                     4.   Finally, the portions of the Individual Account
                          invested in each Investment Fund (determined in
                          accordance with (1), (2) and (3) above) are added
                          together.

       4.04     MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
                If necessary or appropriate, the Plan Administrator may
                establish different or additional procedures (which shall be
                uniform and nondiscriminatory) for determining the fair market
                value of the Individual Accounts.  

       4.05     SEGREGATION OF ASSETS
                If a Participant elects a mode of distribution other than a
                lump sum, the Plan Administrator may place that Participant's
                account balance into a segregated Investment Fund for the
                purpose of maintaining the necessary liquidity to provide
                benefit installments on a periodic basis.  

       4.06     STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
                No later than 270 days after the close of each Plan Year, the
                Plan Administrator shall furnish a statement to each
                Participant indicating the Individual Account balances of such
                Participant as of the last Valuation Date in such Plan Year.


SECTION FIVE    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN 

       5.01     CREATION OF FUND
                By adopting this Plan, the Employer establishes the Fund which
                shall consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or
                Custodian, if applicable) pursuant to this Section 5.  Assets
                within the Fund may be pooled on behalf of all Participants,
                earmarked on behalf of each Participant or be a combination of
                pooled and earmarked.  To the extent that assets are earmarked
                for a particular Participant, they will be held in a Separate
                Fund for that Participant.  

                No part of the corpus or income of the Fund may be used for, or
                diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
                Participants or their Beneficiaries.  

       5.02     INVESTMENT AUTHORITY
                Except as provided in Section 5.14 (relating to individual
                direction of investments by Participants), the Employer, not
                the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), shall have exclusive
                management and control over the investment of the Fund into 

                                      17
<PAGE>

                any permitted investment.  Notwithstanding the preceding 
                sentence, a Trustee may make an agreement with the Employer 
                whereby the Trustee will manage the investment of all or a 
                portion of the Fund.  Any such agreement shall be in writing 
                and set forth such matters as the Trustee deems necessary or 
                desirable.  

       5.03     FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE WITHOUT FULL TRUST
                POWERS
                This Section 5.03 applies where a financial organization has
                indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve, with
                respect to this Plan, as Custodian or as Trustee without full
                trust powers (under applicable law).  Hereinafter, a financial
                organization Trustee without full trust powers (under
                applicable law) shall be referred to as a Custodian.  The
                Custodian shall have no discretionary authority with respect to
                the management of the Plan or the Fund but will act only as
                directed by the entity who has such authority.

                A.   PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS - The assets of the Plan shall be
                     invested only in those investments which are available
                     through the Custodian in the ordinary course of business
                     which the Custodian may legally hold in a qualified plan
                     and which the Custodian chooses to make available to
                     Employers for qualified plan investments.  Notwithstanding
                     the preceding sentence, the Prototype Sponsor may, as a
                     condition of making the Plan available to the Employer,
                     limit the types of property in which the assets of the
                     Plan may be invested.

                B.   RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CUSTODIAN - The responsibilities
                     of the Custodian shall be limited to the following:

                     1.   To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and
                          reinvest the Fund without distinction between
                          principal and interest; provided, however, that
                          nothing in this Plan shall require the Custodian to
                          maintain physical custody of stock certificates (or
                          other indicia of ownership of any type of asset)
                          representing assets within the Fund;

                     2.   To maintain accurate records of contributions,
                          earnings, withdrawals and other information the
                          Custodian deems relevant with respect to the Plan;

                     3.   To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants
                          or Beneficiaries upon the proper authorization of the
                          Plan Administrator; and

                     4.   To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement
                          which reflects the value of the investments in the
                          hands of the Custodian as of the end of each Plan
                          Year and as of any other times as the Custodian and
                          Plan Administrator may agree.

                C.   POWERS OF THE CUSTODIAN - Except as otherwise provided in
                     this Plan, the Custodian shall have the power to take any
                     action with respect to the Fund which it deems necessary
                     or advisable to discharge its responsibilities under this
                     Plan including, but not limited to, the following powers:

                     1.   To invest all or a portion of the Fund (including
                          idle cash balances) in time deposits, savings
                          accounts, money market accounts or similar
                          investments bearing a reasonable rate of interest in
                          the Custodian's own savings department or the savings
                          department of another financial organization;

                     2.   To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities;
                          to give general or special proxies or powers of
                          attorney with or without power of substitution; to
                          exercise any conversion privileges or subscription
                          rights and to make any payments incidental thereto;
                          to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate
                          in, corporate reorganizations or other changes
                          affecting corporate securities, and to pay any
                          assessment or charges in connection therewith; and
                          generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner
                          with respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other
                          property;

                     3.   To hold securities or other property of the Fund in
                          its own name, in the name of its nominee or in bearer
                          form; and

                     4.   To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and
                          all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and
                          all other instruments that may be necessary or
                          appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted.

       5.04     FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST POWERS AND
                INDIVIDUAL TRUSTEE
                This Section 5.04 applies where a financial organization has
                indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve as
                Trustee with full trust powers.  This Section also applies
                where one or more individuals are named in the Adoption
                Agreement to serve as Trustee(s).

                A.   PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS - The Trustee may invest the
                     assets of the Plan in property of any character, real or
                     personal, including, but not limited to the following: 
                     stocks, including shares of open-end investment companies
                     (mutual funds); bonds; notes; debentures; options; limited
                     partnership interests; mortgages; real estate or any
                     interests therein; unit investment trusts; Treasury Bills,
                     and other U.S. Government obligations; common trust funds,
                     combined investment trusts, collective trust funds or
                     commingled funds maintained by a bank or similar 

                                      18
<PAGE>

                     financial organization (whether or not the Trustee 
                     hereunder); savings accounts, time deposits or money 
                     market accounts of a bank or similar financial 
                     organization (whether or not the Trustee hereunder); 
                     annuity contracts; life insurance policies; or in such 
                     other investments as is deemed proper without regard to 
                     investments authorized by statute or rule of law 
                     governing the investment of trust funds but with regard 
                     to ERISA and this Plan.

                     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype
                     Sponsor may, as a condition of making the Plan available
                     to the Employer, limit the types of property in which the
                     assets of the Plan may be invested.

                B.   RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE - The responsibilities of
                     the Trustee shall be limited to the following:

                     1.   To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and
                          reinvest the Fund without distinction between
                          principal and interest; provided, however, that
                          nothing in this Plan shall require the Trustee to
                          maintain physical custody of stock certificates (or
                          other indicia of ownership) representing assets
                          within the Fund;

                     2.   To maintain accurate records of contributions,
                          earnings, withdrawals and other information the
                          Trustee deems relevant with respect to the Plan;

                     3.   To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants
                          or Beneficiaries upon the proper authorization of the
                          Plan Administrator; and

                     4.   To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement
                          which reflects the value of the investments in the
                          hands of the Trustee as of the end of each Plan Year
                          and as of any other times as the Trustee and Plan
                          Administrator may agree.

                C.   POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE - Except as otherwise provided in
                     this Plan, the Trustee shall have the power to take any
                     action with respect to the Fund which it deems necessary
                     or advisable to discharge its responsibilities under this
                     Plan including, but not limited to, the following powers:

                     1.   To hold any securities or other property of the Fund
                          in its own name, in the name of its nominee or in
                          bearer form;

                     2.   To purchase or subscribe for securities issued, or
                          real property owned, by the Employer or any trade or
                          business under common control with the Employer but
                          only if the prudent investment and diversification
                          requirements of ERISA are satisfied;

                     3.   To sell, exchange, convey, transfer or otherwise
                          dispose of any securities or other property held by
                          the Trustee, by private contract or at public
                          auction.  No person dealing with the Trustee shall be
                          bound to see to the application of the purchase money
                          or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or
                          propriety of any such sale or other disposition, with
                          or without advertisement;

                     4.   To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities;
                          to give general or special proxies or powers of
                          attorney with or without power of substitution; to
                          exercise any conversion privileges or subscription
                          rights and to make any payments incidental thereto;
                          to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate
                          in, corporate reorganizations or other changes
                          affecting corporate securities, and to delegate
                          discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or
                          charges in connection therewith; and generally to
                          exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect
                          to stocks, bonds, securities or other property;

                     5.   To invest any part or all of the Fund (including idle
                          cash balances) in certificates of deposit, demand or
                          time deposits, savings accounts, money market
                          accounts or similar investments of the Trustee (if
                          the Trustee is a bank or similar financial
                          organization), the Prototype Sponsor or any affiliate
                          of such Trustee or Prototype Sponsor, which bear a
                          reasonable rate of interest;

                     6.   To provide sweep services without the receipt by the
                          Trustee of additional compensation or other
                          consideration (other than reimbursement of direct
                          expenses properly and actually incurred in the
                          performance of such services);

                     7.   To hold in the form of cash for distribution or
                          investment such portion of the Fund as, at any time
                          and from time-to-time, the Trustee shall deem prudent
                          and deposit such cash in interest bearing or
                          noninterest bearing accounts;

                     8.   To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and
                          all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and
                          all other instruments that may be necessary or
                          appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

                                      19
<PAGE>

                     9.   To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any
                          claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the
                          Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or
                          administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan
                          in all suits and legal and administrative
                          proceedings;

                     10.  To employ suitable agents and counsel, to contract
                          with agents to perform administrative and
                          recordkeeping duties and to pay their reasonable
                          expenses, fees and compensation, and such agent or
                          counsel may or may not be agent or counsel for the
                          Employer;

                     11.  To cause any part or all of the Fund, without
                          limitation as to amount, to be commingled with the
                          funds of other trusts (including trusts for qualified
                          employee benefit plans) by causing such money to be
                          invested as a part of any pooled, common, collective
                          or commingled trust fund (including any such fund
                          described in the Adoption Agreement) heretofore or
                          hereafter created by any Trustee (if the Trustee is a
                          bank), by the Prototype Sponsor, by any affiliate
                          bank of such a Trustee or by such a Trustee or the
                          Prototype Sponsor, or by such an affiliate in
                          participation with others; the instrument or
                          instruments establishing such trust fund or funds, as
                          amended, being made part of this Plan and trust so
                          long as any portion of the Fund shall be invested
                          through the medium thereof; and

                     12.  Generally to do all such acts, execute all such
                          instruments, initiate such proceedings, and exercise
                          all such rights and privileges with relation to
                          property constituting the Fund as if the Trustee were
                          the absolute owner thereof.

       5.05     DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS
                The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) from 
                time-to-time to divide and redivide the Fund into one or more 
                Investment Funds.  Such Investment Funds may include, but not
                be limited to, Investment Funds representing the assets under
                the control of an investment manager pursuant to Section 5.12
                and Investment Funds representing investment options available
                for individual direction by Participants pursuant to Section
                5.14.  Upon each division or redivision, the Employer may
                specify the part of the Fund to be allocated to each such
                Investment Fund and the terms and conditions, if any, under
                which the assets in such Investment Fund shall be invested.  

       5.06     COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
                The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall receive such
                reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon by the Trustee
                (or Custodian) and the Employer.  The Trustee (or Custodian)
                shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for all
                proper expenses incurred in carrying out his or her duties
                under this Plan, including reasonable legal, accounting and
                actuarial expenses.  If not paid by the Employer, such
                compensation and expenses may be charged against the Fund.  

                All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed under
                existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or the
                income thereof shall be paid from the Fund.

       5.07     NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA
                The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                applicable) and Plan Administrator the information which each
                party deems necessary for the administration of the Plan
                including, but not limited to, changes in a Participant's
                status, eligibility, mailing addresses and other such data as
                may be required.  The Trustee (or Custodian) and Plan
                Administrator shall be entitled to act on such information as
                is supplied them and shall have no duty or responsibility to
                further verify or question such information.  

       5.08     LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS
                The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for withholding
                federal income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless
                the Participant (or Beneficiary, where applicable) elects not
                to have such taxes withheld.  The Trustee (or Custodian) or
                other payor may act as agent for the Plan Administrator to
                withhold such taxes and to make the appropriate distribution
                reports, if the Plan Administrator furnishes all the
                information to the Trustee (or Custodian) or other payor it may
                need to do withholding and reporting.  

       5.09     RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN)
                The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) may resign at any
                time by giving 30 days advance written notice to the Employer.
                The resignation shall become effective 30 days after receipt of
                such notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon.  

                The Employer may remove any Trustee (or Custodian) at any time
                by giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian) and
                such removal shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such
                notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon.  The Employer
                shall have the power to appoint a successor Trustee (or
                Custodian).  

                Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed
                Trustee (or Custodian) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian), he
                or she shall transfer all of the assets of the Fund then held
                by such Trustee (or Custodian) as expeditiously as possible to
                the successor Trustee (or Custodian) after paying or reserving
                such reasonable amount as he or she shall deem necessary to
                provide for the expense in the settlement of the accounts and
                the amount of any compensation due him or her and any sums
                chargeable against the Fund for which he or she may be liable. 
                If the Funds as reserved are not sufficient for such purpose,
                then he or she shall be entitled to reimbursement from the
                successor Trustee (or Custodian) out of the assets in 

                                      20
<PAGE>

                the successor Trustee's (or Custodian's) hands under this 
                Plan.  If the amount reserved shall be in excess of the 
                amount actually needed, the former Trustee (or Custodian) 
                shall return such excess to the successor Trustee (or 
                Custodian).  

                Upon receipt of the transferred assets, the successor Trustee
                (or Custodian) shall thereupon succeed to all of the powers and
                responsibilities given to the Trustee (or Custodian) by this
                Plan.  

                The resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian) shall render an
                accounting to the Employer and unless objected to by the
                Employer within 30 days of its receipt, the accounting shall be
                deemed to have been approved and the resigning or removed
                Trustee (or Custodian) shall be released and discharged as to
                all matters set forth in the accounting.  Where a financial
                organization is serving as Trustee (or Custodian) and it is
                merged with or bought by another organization (or comes under
                the control of any federal or state agency), that organization
                shall serve as the successor Trustee (or Custodian) of this
                Plan, but only if it is the type of organization that can so
                serve under applicable law.  

                Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee
                or custodian pursuant to Section 1.401-12(n) of the Income Tax
                Regulations, the Employer will appoint a successor Trustee (or
                Custodian) upon notification by the Commissioner of Internal
                Revenue that such substitution is required because the Trustee
                (or Custodian) has failed to comply with the requirements of
                Section 1.401-12(n) or is not keeping such records or making
                such returns or rendering such statements as are required by
                forms or regulations.  

       5.10     DEGREE OF CARE - LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
                The Trustee (or Custodian) shall not be liable for any losses
                incurred by the Fund by any direction to invest communicated by
                the Employer, Plan Administrator, investment manager appointed
                pursuant to Section 5.12 or any Participant or Beneficiary. 
                The Trustee (or Custodian) shall be under no liability for
                distributions made or other action taken or not taken at the
                written direction of the Plan Administrator.  It is
                specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian) shall
                have no duty or responsibility with respect to the
                determination of matters pertaining to the eligibility of any
                Employee to become a Participant or remain a Participant
                hereunder, the amount of benefit to which a Participant or
                Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive hereunder, whether a
                distribution to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate under
                the terms of the Plan or the size and type of any policy to be
                purchased from any insurer for any Participant hereunder or
                similar matters; it being understood that all such
                responsibilities under the Plan are vested in the Plan
                Administrator.  

       5.11     INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN)
                Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may
                be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify
                and hold harmless the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and
                the Prototype Sponsor, their officers, directors, employees,
                agents, their heirs, executors, successors and assigns, from
                and against any and all liabilities, damages, judgments,
                settlements, losses, costs, charges, or expenses (including
                legal expenses) at any time arising out of or incurred in
                connection with any action taken by such parties in the
                performance of their duties with respect to this Plan, unless
                there has been a final adjudication of gross negligence or
                willful misconduct in the performance of such duties.

                Further, except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the
                Employer will indemnify the Trustee (or Custodian) and
                Prototype Sponsor from any liability, claim or expense
                (including legal expense) which the Trustee (or Custodian) and
                Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of or which results, in
                whole or in part, from the Trustee's (or Custodian's) or
                Prototype Sponsor's reliance on the facts and other directions
                and elections the Employer communicates or fails to
                communicate.

       5.12     INVESTMENT MANAGERS
                A.   DEFINITION OF INVESTMENT MANAGER - The Employer may
                     appoint one or more investment managers to make investment
                     decisions with respect to all or a portion of the Fund. 
                     The investment manager shall be any firm or individual
                     registered as an investment adviser under the Investment
                     Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in said Act or an
                     insurance company qualified under the laws of more than
                     one state to perform services consisting of the
                     management, acquisition or disposition of any assets of
                     the Plan.  

                B.   INVESTMENT MANAGER'S AUTHORITY - A separate Investment
                     Fund shall be established representing the assets of the
                     Fund invested at the direction of the investment manager. 
                     The investment manager so appointed shall direct the
                     Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable ) with respect to the
                     investment of such Investment Fund.  The investments which
                     may be acquired at the direction of the investment manager
                     are those described in Section 5.03(A) (for Custodians) or
                     Section 5.04(A) (for Trustees).  

                C.   WRITTEN AGREEMENT - The appointment of any investment
                     manager shall be by written agreement between the Employer
                     and the investment manager and a copy of such agreement
                     (and any modification or termination thereof) must be
                     given to the Trustee (or Custodian).  

                     The agreement shall set forth, among other matters, the
                     effective date of the investment manager's appointment and
                     an acknowledgement by the investment manager that it is a
                     fiduciary of the Plan under ERISA.  

                D.   CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN) - Written notice of
                     each appointment of an investment manager shall be given
                     to the Trustee (or Custodian) in advance of the effective
                     date of such appointment.  Such notice shall 

                                      21
<PAGE>

                     specify which portion of the Fund will constitute the 
                     Investment Fund subject to the investment manager's 
                     direction.  The Trustee (or Custodian) shall comply with 
                     the investment direction given to it by the investment 
                     manager and will not be liable for any loss which may 
                     result by reason of any action (or inaction) it takes at 
                     the direction of the investment manager.  

       5.13     MATTERS RELATING TO INSURANCE
                A.   If a life insurance policy is to be purchased for a
                     Participant, the aggregate premium for certain life
                     insurance for each Participant must be less than a certain
                     percentage of the aggregate Employer Contributions and
                     Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Individual
                     Account at any particular time as follows:  

                     1.   Ordinary Life Insurance - For purposes of these
                          incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life
                          insurance contracts are contracts with both
                          nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing
                          premiums.  If such contracts are purchased, less than
                          50% of the aggregate Employer Contributions and
                          Forfeitures allocated to any Participant's Individual
                          Account will be used to pay the premiums attributable
                          to them.  

                     2.   Term and Universal Life Insurance - No more than 25%
                          of the aggregate Employer Contributions and
                          Forfeitures allocated to any Participant's Individual
                          Account will be used to pay the premiums on term life
                          insurance contracts, universal life insurance
                          contracts, and all other life insurance contracts
                          which are not ordinary life.  

                     3.   Combination - The sum of 50% of the ordinary life
                          insurance premiums and all other life insurance
                          premiums will not exceed 25% of the aggregate
                          Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
                          any Participant's Individual Account. 

                          If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the above
                          incidental benefits limits do not apply to life
                          insurance contracts purchased with Employer
                          Contributions and Forfeitures that have been in the
                          Participant's Individual Account for at least 2 full
                          Plan Years, measured from the date such contributions
                          were allocated.

                B.   Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts for
                     a Participant shall be allocated to such Participant's
                     Individual Account.  

                C.   Subject to Section 6.05, the contracts on a Participant's
                     life will be converted to cash or an annuity or
                     distributed to the Participant upon commencement of
                     benefits.  

                D.   The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply for
                     and will be the owner of any insurance contract(s)
                     purchased under the terms of this Plan.  The insurance
                     contract(s) must provide that proceeds will be payable to
                     the Trustee (or Custodian), however, the Trustee (or
                     Custodian) shall be required to pay over all proceeds of
                     the contract(s) to the Participant's designated
                     Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions
                     of this Plan.  A Participant's spouse will be the
                     designated Beneficiary of the proceeds in all
                     circumstances unless a qualified election has been made in
                     accordance with Section 6.05.  Under no circumstances
                     shall the Fund retain any part of the proceeds.  In the
                     event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and
                     the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder,
                     the Plan provisions shall control.  

                E.   The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee (or
                     Custodian) to sell and distribute insurance or annuity
                     contracts to a Participant (or other party as may be
                     permitted) in accordance with applicable law or
                     regulations.  

       5.14     DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT
                If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may
                individually direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
                regarding the investment of part or all of his or her
                Individual Account.  To the extent so directed, the Employer,
                Plan Administrator, Trustee (or Custodian) and all other
                fiduciaries are relieved of their fiduciary responsibility
                under Section 404 of ERISA.  

                The Plan Administrator shall direct that a Separate Fund be
                established in the name of each Participant who directs the
                investment of part or all of his or her Individual Account. 
                Each Separate Fund shall be charged or credited (as
                appropriate) with the earnings, gains, losses or expenses
                attributable to such Separate Fund.  No fiduciary shall be
                liable for any loss which results from a Participant's
                individual direction.  The assets subject to individual
                direction shall not be invested in collectibles as that term is
                defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.  

                The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
                nondiscriminatory rules relating to individual direction as it
                deems necessary or advisable including, but not limited to,
                rules describing (1) which portions of Participant's Individual
                Account can be individually directed; (2) the frequency of
                investment changes; (3) the forms and procedures for making
                investment changes;  and (4) the effect of a Participant's
                failure to make a valid direction.  

                                      22
<PAGE>

                The Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                manner, limit the available investments for Participants'
                individual direction to certain specified investment options
                (including, but not limited to, certain mutual funds,
                investment contracts, deposit accounts and group trusts).  The
                Plan Administrator may permit, in a uniform and
                nondiscriminatory manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased
                Participant or the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) to
                individually direct in accordance with this Section.  


SECTION SIX     VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION 

       6.01     DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT 
                A.   DISTRIBUTABLE  EVENTS
                     1.   Entitlement to Distribution - The Vested portion of a
                          Participant's Individual Account shall be
                          distributable to the Participant upon (1) the
                          occurrence of any of the distributable events
                          specified in the Adoption Agreement; (2) the
                          Participant's Termination of Employment after
                          attaining Normal Retirement Age; (3) the termination
                          of the Plan; and (4) the Participant's Termination of
                          Employment after satisfying any Early Retirement Age
                          conditions.

                          If a Participant separates from service before
                          satisfying the Early Retirement Age requirement, but
                          has satisfied the service requirement, the
                          Participant will be entitled to elect an early
                          retirement benefit upon satisfaction of such age
                          requirement.

                     2.   Written Request:  When Distributed - A Participant
                          entitled to distribution who wishes to receive a
                          distribution must submit a written request to the
                          Plan Administrator.  Such request shall be made upon
                          a form provided by the Plan Administrator.  Upon a
                          valid request, the Plan Administrator shall direct
                          the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to commence
                          distribution no later than the time specified in the
                          Adoption Agreement for this purpose and, if not
                          specified in the Adoption Agreement, then no later
                          than 90 days following the later of:  

                          a.  the close of the Plan Year within which the event
                              occurs which entitles the Participant to
                              distribution; or

                          b.  the close of the Plan Year in which the request is
                              received.  

                     3.   Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service - If
                          this is a profit sharing plan and the Adoption
                          Agreement so provides, a Participant may elect to
                          receive a distribution of all or part of the Vested
                          portion of his or her Individual Account, subject to
                          the requirements of Section 6.05 and further subject
                          to the following limits:

                          a.  Participant for 5 or more years.  An Employee who
                              has been a Participant in the Plan for 5 or more
                              years may withdraw up to the entire Vested portion
                              of his or her Individual Account.

                          b.  Participant for less than 5 years.  An Employee
                              who has been a Participant in the Plan for less
                              than 5 years may withdraw only the amount which
                              has been in his or her Individual Account
                              attributable to Employer Contributions for at
                              least 2 full Plan Years, measured from the date
                              such contributions were allocated.  However, if
                              the distribution is on account of hardship, the
                              Participant may withdraw up to his or her entire
                              Vested portion of the Participant's Individual
                              Account.  For this purpose, hardship shall have
                              the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(A)(4) of the
                              Code.

                     4.   Special Rules for Hardship Withdrawals - If this is a
                          profit sharing plan and the Adoption Agreement so
                          provides, a Participant may elect to receive a
                          hardship distribution of all or part of the Vested
                          portion of his or her Individual Account, subject to
                          the requirements of Section 6.05 and further subject
                          to the following limits:

                          a.  Participant for 5 or more years.  An Employee who
                              has been a Participant in the Plan for 5 or more
                              years may withdraw up to the entire Vested portion
                              of his or her Individual Account.

                          b.  Participant for less than 5 years.  An Employee
                              who has been a Participant in the Plan for less
                              than 5 years may withdraw only the amount which
                              has been in his or her Individual Account
                              attributable to Employer Contributions for at
                              least 2 full Plan Years, measured from the date
                              such contributions were allocated.

                              For purposes of this Section 6.01(A)(4) and
                              Section 6.01(A)(3) hardship is defined as an
                              immediate and heavy financial need of the
                              Participant where such Participant lacks other

                                      23
<PAGE>

                              available resources.  The following are the only
                              financial needs considered immediate and heavy: 
                              expenses incurred or necessary for medical care,
                              described in Section 213(d) of the Code, of the
                              Employee, the Employee's spouse or dependents; the
                              purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
                              principal residence for the Employee; payment of
                              tuition and related educational fees for the next
                              12 months of post-secondary education for the
                              Employee, the Employee's spouse, children or
                              dependents; or the need to prevent the eviction of
                              the Employee from, or a foreclosure on the
                              mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence.

                              A distribution will be considered as necessary to
                              satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of
                              the Employee only if:

                              1)   The employee has obtained all distributions,
                                   other than hardship distributions, and all
                                   nontaxable loans under all plans maintained
                                   by the Employer;

                              2)   The distribution is not in excess of the
                                   amount of an immediate and heavy financial
                                   need (including amounts necessary to pay any
                                   federal, state or local income taxes or
                                   penalties reasonably anticipated to result
                                   from the distribution).

                     5.   One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option - If this is a
                          profit sharing plan and the Employer has elected the
                          one-time in-service withdrawal option in the Adoption
                          Agreement, then Participants will be permitted only
                          one in-service withdrawal during the course of such
                          Participants employment with the Employer.  The
                          amount which the Participant can withdraw will be
                          limited to the lesser of the amount determined under
                          the limits set forth in Section 6.01(A)(3) or the
                          percentage of the Participant's Individual Account
                          specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 
                          Distributions under this Section will be subject to
                          the requirements of Section 6.05.

                     6.   Commencement of Benefits - Notwithstanding any other
                          provision, unless the Participant elects otherwise,
                          distribution of benefits will begin no later than the
                          60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan
                          Year in which:  

                          a.  the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

                          b.  occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which
                              the Participant commenced participation in the
                              Plan; or 

                          c.  the Participant incurs a Termination of
                              Employment.

                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a
                          Participant and spouse to consent to a distribution
                          while a benefit is immediately distributable, within
                          the meaning of Section 6.02(B) of the Plan, shall be
                          deemed to be an election to defer commencement of
                          payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this
                          Section.  

                B.   DETERMINING THE VESTED PORTION - In determining the Vested
                     portion of a Participant's Individual Account, the
                     following rules apply:  

                     1.   Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The Vested
                          portion of a Participant's Individual Account derived
                          from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures is
                          determined by applying the vesting schedule selected
                          in the Adoption Agreement (or the vesting schedule
                          described in Section 6.01(C) if the Plan is a 
                          Top-Heavy Plan).

                     2.   Rollover and Transfer Contributions - A Participant
                          is fully Vested in his or her rollover contributions
                          and transfer contributions.  

                     3.   Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances - A
                          Participant is fully Vested in his or her Individual
                          Account if any of the following occurs:  

                          a.  the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age; 

                          b.  the Plan is terminated or partially terminated; 
                              or 

                          c.  there exists a complete discontinuance of
                              contributions under the Plan.  

                                      24
<PAGE>

                          Further, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
                          Agreement, a Participant is fully Vested if the
                          Participant dies, incurs a Disability, or satisfies
                          the conditions for Early Retirement Age (if
                          applicable).

                     4.   Participants in a Prior Plan - If a Participant was a
                          participant in a Prior Plan on the Effective Date,
                          his or her Vested percentage shall not be less than
                          it would have been under such Prior Plan as computed
                          on the Effective Date.  

                C.   MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULE FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS - The
                     following vesting provisions apply for any Plan Year in
                     which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.  

                     Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.01
                     or the vesting schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement
                     (unless those provisions or that schedule provide for more
                     rapid vesting), a Participant's Vested portion of his or
                     her Individual Account attributable to Employer
                     Contributions and Forfeitures shall be determined in
                     accordance with the vesting schedule elected by the
                     Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and if no election is
                     made the 6 year graded schedule will be deemed to have
                     been elected) as described below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              6 YEAR GRADED                           3 YEAR CLIFF
      Years of                                Years of
   Vesting Service    Vested Percentage    Vesting Service    Vested Percentage
   ---------------    -----------------    ---------------    -----------------
<S>                   <C>                  <C>                <C>
          1                   0
          2                  20                   1                   0
          3                  40                   2                   0
          4                  60                   3                  100
          5                  80
          6                  100
</TABLE>

                     This minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits
                     within the meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code,
                     except those attributable to Nondeductible Employee
                     Contributions including benefits accrued before the
                     effective date of Section 416 of the Code and benefits
                     accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan. Further,
                     no decrease in a Participant's Vested percentage may occur
                     in the event the Plan's status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes
                     for any Plan Year. However, this Section 6.01(C) does not
                     apply to the Individual Account of any Employee who does
                     not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially
                     become a Top-Heavy Plan and such Employee's Individual
                     Account attributable to Employer Contributions and
                     Forfeitures will be determined without regard to this
                     Section.  

                     If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then in
                     accordance with the above restrictions, the vesting
                     schedule as selected in the Adoption Agreement will
                     govern.  If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in
                     or out of top-heavy status, such shift is an amendment to
                     the vesting schedule and the election in Section 9.04
                     applies.  

                D.   BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE AND FORFEITURES - If a
                     Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, any
                     portion of his or her Individual Account which is not
                     Vested shall be held in a suspense account.  Such suspense
                     account shall share in any increase or decrease in the
                     fair market value of the assets of the Fund in accordance
                     with Section 4 of the Plan.  The disposition of such
                     suspense account shall be as follows:  

                     1.   Breaks in Vesting Service - If a Participant neither
                          receives nor is deemed to receive a distribution
                          pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(3) or (4) and the
                          Participant returns to the service of the Employer
                          before incurring 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting
                          Service, there shall be no Forfeiture and the amount
                          in such suspense account shall be recredited to such
                          Participant's Individual Account.  

                     2.   Five Consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service - If a
                          Participant neither receives nor is deemed to receive
                          a distribution pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(3) or (4)
                          and the Participant does not return to the service of
                          the Employer before incurring 5 consecutive Breaks in
                          Vesting Service, the portion of the Participant's
                          Individual Account which is not Vested shall be
                          treated as a Forfeiture and allocated in accordance
                          with Section 3.01(C).

                     3.   Cash-out of Certain Participants - If the value of
                          the Vested portion of such Participant's Individual
                          Account derived from Nondeductible Employee
                          Contributions and Employer Contributions does not
                          exceed $3,500, the Participant shall receive a
                          distribution of the entire Vested portion of such
                          Individual Account and the portion which is not
                          Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture and allocated
                          in accordance with Section 3.01(C).  For purposes of
                          this Section, if the value of the Vested portion of a
                          Participant's Individual Account is zero, the
                          Participant shall be deemed to have received a
                          distribution of such Vested Individual Account.  A
                          Participant's Vested Individual Account balance shall
                          not include accumulated deductible employee
                          contributions within the meaning of Section
                          72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning
                          prior to January 1, 1989.

                                      25
<PAGE>

                     4.   Participants Who Elect to Receive Distributions - If
                          such Participant elects to receive a distribution, in
                          accordance with Section 6.02(B), of the value of the
                          Vested portion of his or her Individual Account
                          derived from Nondeductible Employee Contributions and
                          Employer Contributions, the portion which is not
                          Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture and allocated
                          in accordance with Section 3.01(C).

                     5.   Re-employed Participants - If a Participant receives
                          or is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to
                          Section 6.01(D)(3) or (4) above and the Participant
                          resumes employment covered under this Plan, the
                          Participant's Employer-derived Individual Account
                          balance will be restored to the amount on the date of
                          distribution if the Participant repays to the Plan
                          the full amount of the distribution attributable to
                          Employer Contributions before the earlier of 5 years
                          after the first date on which the Participant is
                          subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or the date
                          the Participant incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in
                          Vesting Service following the date of the
                          distribution.

                          Any restoration of a Participant's Individual Account
                          pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(5) shall be made from
                          other Forfeitures, income or gain to the Fund or
                          contributions made by the Employer. 

                E.   DISTRIBUTION PRIOR TO FULL VESTING - If a distribution is
                     made to a Participant who was not then fully Vested in his
                     or her Individual Account derived from Employer
                     Contributions and the Participant may increase his or her
                     Vested percentage in his or her Individual Account, then
                     the following rules shall apply:  

                     1.   a separate account will be established for the
                          Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of
                          the distribution, and  

                     2.   at any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion
                          of the separate account will be equal to an amount
                          ("X") determined by the formula:  X=P (AB + (R x D))
                          - (R x D) where "P" is the Vested percentage at the
                          relevant time, "AB" is the separate account balance
                          at the relevant time;  "D" is the amount of the
                          distribution;  and "R" is the ratio of the separate
                          account balance at the relevant time to the separate
                          account balance after distribution.

       6.02     FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT 
                A.   VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT DOES NOT EXCEED $3,500 - If
                     the value of the Vested portion of a Participant's
                     Individual Account derived from Nondeductible Employee
                     Contributions and Employer Contributions does not exceed
                     $3,500, distribution from the Plan shall be made to the
                     Participant in a single lump sum in lieu of all other
                     forms of distribution from the Plan as soon as
                     administratively feasible.  

                B.   VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT EXCEEDS $3,500  

                     1.   If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant's
                          Individual Account derived from Nondeductible
                          Employee Contributions and Employer Contributions
                          exceeds (or at the time of any prior distribution
                          exceeded) $3,500, and the Individual Account is
                          immediately distributable, the Participant and the
                          Participant's spouse (or where either the Participant
                          or the spouse died, the survivor) must consent to any
                          distribution of such Individual Account.  The consent
                          of the Participant and the Participant's spouse shall
                          be obtained in writing within the 90-day period
                          ending on the annuity starting date.  The annuity
                          starting date is the first day of the first period
                          for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any
                          other form.  The Plan Administrator shall notify the
                          Participant and the Participant's spouse of the right
                          to defer any distribution until the Participant's
                          Individual Account is no longer immediately
                          distributable.  Such notification shall include a
                          general description of the material features, and an
                          explanation of the relative values of, the optional
                          forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner
                          that would satisfy the notice requirements of Section
                          417(a)(3) of the Code, and shall be provided no less
                          than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the
                          annuity starting date.

                          If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11)
                          and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply,
                          such distribution may commence less than 30 days
                          after the notice required under Section 
                          1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given,
                          provided that:

                          a.  the Plan Administrator clearly informs the
                              Participant that the Participant has a right to a
                              period of at least 30 days after receiving the
                              notice to consider the decision of whether or not
                              to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a
                              particular distribution option), and

                          b.  the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                              affirmatively elects a distribution.

                              Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the
                              Participant need consent to the commencement of a
                              distribution in the form of a qualified joint and
                              survivor annuity while the Individual Account is
                              immediately distributable.  Neither the consent of
                              the Participant nor the Participant's spouse shall
                              be required to the extent that a distribution is
                              required to satisfy 

                                      26
<PAGE>

                              Section 401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the Code.  
                              In addition, upon termination of this Plan if 
                              the Plan does not offer an annuity option 
                              (purchased from a commercial provider), the 
                              Participant's Individual Account may, without 
                              the Participant's consent, be distributed to 
                              the Participant or transferred to another 
                              defined contribution plan (other than an 
                              employee stock ownership plan as defined in 
                              Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code) within the same 
                              controlled group.

                              An Individual Account is immediately 
                              distributable if any part of the Individual 
                              Account could be distributed to the Participant 
                              (or surviving spouse) before the Participant 
                              attains or would have attained (if not 
                              deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or 
                              age 62.

                     2.   For purposes of determining the applicability of 
                          the foregoing consent requirements to distributions 
                          made before the first day of the first Plan Year 
                          beginning after December 31, 1988, the Vested 
                          portion of a Participant's Individual Account shall 
                          not include amounts attributable to accumulated 
                          deductible employee contributions within the 
                          meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

                C.   OTHER FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT - If the value
                     of the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual
                     Account exceeds $3,500 and the Participant has properly
                     waived the joint and survivor annuity, as described in
                     Section 6.05, the Participant may request in writing that
                     the Vested portion of his or her Individual Account be
                     paid to him or her in one or more of the following forms
                     of payment:  (1) in a lump sum; (2) in installment
                     payments over a period not to exceed the life expectancy
                     of the Participant or the joint and last survivor life
                     expectancy of the Participant and his or her designated
                     Beneficiary; or (3) applied to the purchase of an annuity
                     contract.

                     Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.02 to the
                     contrary, a Participant cannot elect payments in the form
                     of an annuity if the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor
                     rules of Section 6.05(F) apply.

       6.03     DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT
                A.   DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY - SPOUSAL CONSENT - Each
                     Participant may designate, upon a form provided by and
                     delivered to the Plan Administrator, one or more primary
                     and contingent Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified
                     portion of the Participant's Individual Account in the
                     event of his or her death.  A Participant may change or
                     revoke such Beneficiary designation from time to time by
                     completing and delivering the proper form to the Plan
                     Administrator.  

                     In the event that a Participant wishes to designate a
                     primary Beneficiary who is not his or her spouse, his or
                     her spouse must consent in writing to such designation,
                     and the spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of
                     such designation and be witnessed by a notary public or
                     plan representative.  Notwithstanding this consent
                     requirement, if the Participant establishes to the
                     satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such written
                     consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or
                     the spouse cannot be located, no consent shall be
                     required.  Any change of Beneficiary will require a new
                     spousal consent.  

                B.   PAYMENT TO BENEFICIARY - If a Participant dies before the
                     Participant's entire Individual Account has been paid to
                     him or her, such deceased Participant's Individual Account
                     shall be payable to any surviving Beneficiary designated
                     by the Participant, or, if no Beneficiary survives the
                     Participant, to the Participant's estate.

                C.   WRITTEN REQUEST:  WHEN DISTRIBUTED - A Beneficiary of a
                     deceased Participant entitled to a distribution who wishes
                     to receive a distribution must submit a written request to
                     the Plan Administrator.  Such request shall be made upon a
                     form provided by the Plan Administrator.  Upon a valid
                     request, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee
                     (or Custodian) to commence distribution no later than the
                     time specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose
                     and if not specified in the Adoption Agreement, then no
                     later than 90 days following the later of:  

                     1.   the close of the Plan Year within which the
                          Participant dies; or

                     2.   the close of the Plan Year in which the request is
                          received.  

       6.04     FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY
                A.   VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT DOES NOT EXCEED $3,500 - If
                     the value of the Participant's Individual Account derived
                     from Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Employer
                     Contributions does not exceed $3,500, the Plan
                     Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                     applicable) to make a distribution to the Beneficiary in a
                     single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of distribution
                     from the Plan.

                B.   VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT EXCEEDS $3,500 - If the value
                     of a Participant's Individual Account derived from
                     Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Employer
                     Contributions exceeds $3,500 the preretirement survivor
                     annuity requirements of Section 6.05 shall apply unless
                     waived in accordance with that Section or unless the
                     Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Section 6.05(F)
                     apply.  However, a surviving spouse Beneficiary may 

                                       27
<PAGE>

                     elect any form of payment allowable under the Plan in lieu 
                     of the preretirement survivor annuity.  Any such payment to
                     the surviving spouse must meet the requirements of Section
                     6.06.

                C.   OTHER FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY - If the value
                     of a Participant's Individual Account exceeds $3,500 and
                     the Participant has properly waived the preretirement
                     survivor annuity, as described in Section 6.05 (if
                     applicable) or if the Beneficiary is the Participant's
                     surviving spouse, the Beneficiary may, subject to the
                     requirements of Section 6.06, request in writing that the
                     Participant's Individual Account be paid as follows:  (1)
                     in a lump sum; or (2) in installment payments over a
                     period not to exceed the life expectancy of such
                     Beneficiary.

       6.05     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
                A.   The provisions of this Section shall apply to any
                     Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of
                     Eligibility Service with the Employer on or after August
                     23, 1984, and such other Participants as provided in
                     Section 6.05(G).

                B.   QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY - Unless an optional
                     form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified
                     election within the 90-day period ending on the annuity
                     starting date, a married Participant's Vested account
                     balance will be paid in the form of a qualified joint and
                     survivor annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested
                     account balance will be paid in the form of a life
                     annuity.  The Participant may elect to have such annuity
                     distributed upon attainment of the earliest retirement age
                     under the Plan.

                C.   QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY - Unless an
                     optional form of benefit has been selected within the
                     election period pursuant to a qualified election, if a
                     Participant dies before the annuity starting date then the
                     Participant's Vested account balance shall be applied
                     toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the
                     surviving spouse.  The surviving spouse may elect to have
                     such annuity distributed within a reasonable period after
                     the Participant's death.

                D.   DEFINITIONS

                     1.   Election Period - The period which begins on the
                          first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                          attains age 35 and ends on the date of the
                          Participant's death.  If a Participant separates from
                          service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in
                          which age 35 is attained, with respect to the account
                          balance as of the date of separation, the election
                          period shall begin on the date of separation.

                          Pre-age 35 waiver - A Participant who will not yet
                          attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year
                          may make special qualified election to waive the
                          qualified preretirement survivor annuity for the
                          period beginning on the date of such election and
                          ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the
                          Participant will attain age 35.  Such election shall
                          not be valid unless the Participant receives a
                          written explanation of the qualified preretirement
                          survivor annuity in such terms as are comparable to
                          the explanation required under Section 6.05(E)(1). 
                          Qualified preretirement survivor annuity coverage
                          will be automatically reinstated as of the first day
                          of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
                          35.  Any new waiver on or after such date shall be
                          subject to the full requirements of this Section
                          6.05.

                     2.   Earliest Retirement Age - The earliest date on which,
                          under the Plan, the Participant could elect to
                          receive retirement benefits.

                     3.   Qualified Election - A waiver of a qualified joint
                          and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement
                          survivor annuity.  Any waiver of a qualified joint
                          and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement
                          survivor annuity shall not be effective unless:  (a)
                          the Participant's spouse consents in writing to the
                          election, (b) the election designates a specific
                          Beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or
                          any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be
                          changed without spousal consent (or the spouse
                          expressly permits designations by the Participant
                          without any further spousal consent); (c) the
                          spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the
                          election; and (d) the spouse's consent is witnessed
                          by a plan representative or notary public. 
                          Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the qualified
                          joint and survivor annuity shall not be effective
                          unless the election designates a form of benefit
                          payment which may not be changed without spousal
                          consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations
                          by the Participant without any further spousal
                          consent).  If it is established to the satisfaction
                          of a plan representative that there is no spouse or
                          that the spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be
                          deemed a qualified election.

                          Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision
                          (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may
                          not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect
                          to such spouse.  A consent that permits designations
                          by the Participant without any requirement of further
                          consent by such spouse must acknowledge that the
                          spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific
                          Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where
                          applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to
                          relinquish either or both

                                       28
<PAGE>

                          of such rights.  A revocation of a prior waiver may be
                          made by a Participant without the consent of the 
                          spouse at any time before the commencement of 
                          benefits. The number of revocations shall not be 
                          limited.  No consent obtained under this provision 
                          shall be valid unless the Participant has received 
                          notice as provided in Section 6.05(E) below.

                     4.   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity - An immediate
                          annuity for the life of the Participant with a
                          survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is
                          not less than 50% and not more than 100% of the
                          amount of the annuity which is payable during the
                          joint lives of the Participant and the spouse and
                          which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased
                          with the Participant's vested account balance.  The
                          percentage of the survivor annuity under the Plan
                          shall be 50% (unless a different percentage is
                          elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement).

                     5.   Spouse (surviving spouse) - The spouse or surviving
                          spouse of the Participant, provided that a former
                          spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving
                          spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as
                          the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided
                          under a qualified domestic relations order as
                          described in Section 414(p) of the Code.

                     6.   Annuity Starting Date - The first day of the first
                          period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or
                          any other form.

                     7.   Vested Account Balance - The aggregate value of the
                          Participant's Vested account balances derived from
                          Employer and Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                          (including rollovers), whether Vested before or upon
                          death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts,
                          if any, on the Participant's life.  The provisions of
                          this Section 6.05 shall apply to a Participant who is
                          Vested in amounts attributable to Employer
                          Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                          (or both) at the time of death or distribution.

                E.   NOTICE REQUIREMENTS

                     1.   In the case of a qualified joint and survivor
                          annuity, the Plan Administrator shall no less than 30
                          days and not more than 90 days prior to the annuity
                          starting date provide each Participant a written
                          explanation of:  (a) the terms and conditions of a
                          qualified joint and survivor annuity; (b) the
                          Participant's right to make and the effect of an
                          election to waive the qualified joint and survivor
                          annuity form of benefit; (c) the rights of a
                          Participant's spouse; and (d) the right to make, and
                          the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to
                          waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity.

                     2.   In the case of a qualified preretirement annuity as
                          described in Section 6.05(C), the Plan Administrator
                          shall provide each Participant within the applicable
                          period for such Participant a written explanation of
                          the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in such
                          terms and in such manner as would be comparable to
                          the explanation provided for meeting the requirements
                          of Section 6.05(E)(1) applicable to a qualified joint
                          and survivor annuity.

                          The applicable period for a Participant is whichever
                          of the following periods ends last:  (a) the period
                          beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in
                          which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with
                          the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in
                          which the Participant attains age 35; (b) a
                          reasonable period ending after the individual becomes
                          a Participant; (c) a reasonable period ending after
                          Section 6.05(E)(3) ceases to apply to the
                          Participant; and (d) a reasonable period ending after
                          this Section 6.05 first applies to the Participant. 
                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be
                          provided within a reasonable period ending after
                          separation from service in the case of a Participant
                          who separates from service before attaining age 35.

                          For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a
                          reasonable period ending after the enumerated events
                          described in (b), (c) and (d) is the end of the 
                          two-year period beginning one year prior to the date 
                          the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after
                          that date.  In the case of a Participant who
                          separates from service before the Plan Year in which
                          age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within
                          the two-year period beginning one year prior to
                          separation and ending one year after separation.  If
                          such a Participant thereafter returns to employment
                          with the Employer, the applicable period for such
                          Participant shall be redetermined.

                     3.   Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                          Section 6.05(E), the respective notices prescribed by
                          this Section 6.05(E), need not be given to a
                          Participant if (a) the Plan "fully subsidizes" the
                          costs of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or
                          qualified preretirement survivor annuity, and (b) the
                          Plan does not allow the Participant to waive the
                          qualified joint and survivor annuity or qualified
                          preretirement survivor annuity and does not allow a
                          married Participant to designate a nonspouse
                          beneficiary.  For purposes of this Section
                          6.05(E)(3), a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a
                          benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in
                          benefits to the Participant may result from the
                          Participant's failure to elect another benefit.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                F.   RETIREMENT EQUITY ACT SAFE HARBOR RULES

                     1.   If the Employer so indicates in the Adoption
                          Agreement, this Section 6.05(F) shall apply to a
                          Participant in a profit sharing plan, and shall
                          always apply to any distribution, made on or after
                          the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after
                          December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account
                          attributable solely to accumulated deductible
                          employee contributions, as defined in Section
                          72(o)(5)(B) of the Code, and maintained on behalf of
                          a Participant in a money purchase pension plan,
                          (including a target benefit plan) if the following
                          conditions are satisfied:

                          a.  the Participant does not or cannot elect payments
                              in the form of a life annuity; and

                          b.  on the death of a Participant, the Participant's
                              Vested account balance will be paid to the
                              Participant's surviving spouse, but if there is no
                              surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has
                              consented in a manner conforming to a qualified
                              election, then to the Participant's designated
                              Beneficiary.  The surviving spouse may elect to
                              have distribution of the Vested account balance
                              commence within the 90-day period following the
                              date of the Participant's death.  The account
                              balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses
                              occurring after the Participant's death in
                              accordance with the provisions of the Plan
                              governing the adjustment of account balances for
                              other types of distributions.  This Section
                              6.05(F) shall not be operative with respect to a
                              Participant in a profit sharing plan if the plan
                              is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined
                              benefit plan, money purchase plan, a target
                              benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit sharing plan
                              which is subject to the survivor annuity
                              requirements of Section 401(a)(11) and Section 417
                              of the code.  If this Section 6.05(F) is
                              operative, then the provisions of this Section
                              6.05 other than Section 6.05(G) shall be
                              inoperative.

                     2.   The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit
                          described in this Section 6.05(F) at any time
                          provided that no such waiver shall be effective
                          unless it satisfies the conditions of Section
                          6.05(D)(3) (other than the notification requirement
                          referred to therein) that would apply to the
                          Participant's waiver of the qualified preretirement
                          survivor annuity.

                     3.   For purposes of this Section 6.05(F), Vested account
                          balance shall mean, in the case of a money purchase
                          pension plan or a target benefit plan, the
                          Participant's separate account balance attributable
                          solely to accumulated deductible employee
                          contributions within the meaning of Section
                          72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.  In the case of a profit
                          sharing plan, Vested account balance shall have the
                          same meaning as provided in Section 6.05(D)(7).

                G.   TRANSITIONAL RULES

                     1.   Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                          August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the
                          benefits prescribed by the previous subsections of
                          this Section 6.05 must be given the opportunity to
                          elect to have the prior subsections of this Section
                          apply if such Participant is credited with at least
                          one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor
                          plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
                          1976, and such Participant had at least 10 Years of
                          Vesting Service when he or she separated from
                          service.

                     2.   Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                          August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one
                          Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan
                          on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not
                          otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year
                          beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given
                          the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in
                          accordance with Section 6.05(G)(4).

                     3.   The respective opportunities to elect (as described
                          in Section 6.05(G)(1) and (2) above) must be afforded
                          to the appropriate Participants during the period
                          commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date
                          benefits would otherwise commence to said
                          Participants.

                     4.   Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section
                          6.05(G)(2) and any Participant who does not elect
                          under Section 6.05(G)(1) or who meets the
                          requirements of Section 6.05(G)(1) except that such
                          Participant does not have at least 10 Years of
                          Vesting Service when he or she separates from
                          service, shall have his or her benefits distributed
                          in accordance with all of the following requirements
                          if benefits would have been payable in the form of a
                          life annuity:

                          a.  Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity - If benefits
                              in the form of a life annuity become payable to a
                              married Participant who:

                              (1)  begins to receive payments under the Plan on
                                   or after Normal Retirement Age; or

                                       30
<PAGE>

                              (2)  dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while
                                   still working for the Employer; or

                              (3)  begins to receive payments on or after the
                                   qualified early retirement age; or

                              (4)  separates from service on or after attaining
                                   Normal Retirement Age (or the qualified early
                                   retirement age) and after satisfying the
                                   eligibility requirements for the payment of
                                   benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies
                                   before beginning to receive such benefits; 

                                   then such benefits will be received under
                                   this Plan in the form of a qualified joint
                                   and survivor annuity, unless the Participant
                                   has elected otherwise during the election
                                   period.  The election period must begin at
                                   least 6 months before the Participant attains
                                   qualified early retirement age and ends not
                                   more than 90 days before the commencement of
                                   benefits.  Any election hereunder will be in
                                   writing and may be changed by the Participant
                                   at any time.

                          b.  Election of Early Survivor Annuity - A Participant
                              who is employed after attaining the qualified
                              early retirement age will be given the opportunity
                              to elect, during the election period, to have a
                              survivor annuity payable on death.  If the
                              Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments
                              under such annuity must not be less than the
                              payments which would have been made to the spouse
                              under the qualified joint and survivor annuity if
                              the Participant had retired on the day before his
                              or her death.  Any election under this provision
                              will be in writing and may be changed by the
                              Participant at any time.  The election period
                              begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the
                              Participant attains the qualified early retirement
                              age, or (2) the date on which participation
                              begins, and ends on the date the Participant
                              terminates employment.

                          c.  For purposes of Section 6.05(G)(4):

                              1.   Qualified early retirement age is the latest
                                   of:

                                   a.   the earliest date, under the Plan, on
                                        which the Participant may elect to
                                        receive retirement benefits,

                                   b.   the first day of the 120th month
                                        beginning before the Participant reaches
                                        Normal Retirement Age, or

                                   c.   the date the Participant begins
                                        participation.

                              2.   Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an
                                   annuity for the life of the Participant with
                                   a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse
                                   as described in Section 6.05(D)(4) of this
                                   Plan.

       6.06     DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 
                A.   GENERAL RULES
                     1.   Subject to Section 6.05 Joint and Survivor Annuity
                          Requirements, the requirements of this Section shall
                          apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest
                          and will take precedence over any inconsistent
                          provisions of this Plan.  Unless otherwise specified,
                          the provisions of this Section 6.06 apply to calendar
                          years beginning after December 31, 1984.

                     2.   All distributions required under this Section 6.06
                          shall be determined and made in accordance with the
                          Income Tax Regulations under Section 401(a)(9),
                          including the minimum distribution incidental benefit
                          requirement of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
                          regulations.

                B.   REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE - The entire interest of a
                     Participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed
                     no later than the Participant's required beginning date.  

                C.   LIMITS ON DISTRIBUTION PERIODS - As of the first
                     distribution  calendar year, distributions, if not made in
                     a single sum, may only be made over one of the following
                     periods (or a combination thereof):  

                     1.   the life of the Participant,

                     2.   the life of the Participant and a designated
                          Beneficiary,

                     3.   a period certain not extending beyond the life
                          expectancy of the Participant, or

                                       31
<PAGE>

                     4.   a period certain not extending beyond the joint and
                          last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a
                          designated Beneficiary. 

                D.   DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED EACH YEAR - If
                     the Participant's interest is to be distributed in other
                     than a single sum, the following minimum distribution
                     rules shall apply on or after the required beginning date: 
                     

                     1.   Individual Account 

                          a.  If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed
                              over (1) a period not extending beyond the life
                              expectancy of the Participant or the joint life
                              and last survivor expectancy of the Participant
                              and the Participant's designated Beneficiary or
                              (2) a period not extending beyond the life
                              expectancy of the designated Beneficiary, the
                              amount required to be distributed for each
                              calendar year, beginning with distributions for
                              the first distribution calendar year, must at
                              least equal the quotient obtained by dividing the
                              Participant's benefit by the applicable life
                              expectancy.  
       
                          b.  For calendar years beginning before January 1,
                              1989, if the Participant's spouse is not the
                              designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution
                              selected must assure that at least 50% of the
                              present value of the amount available for
                              distribution is paid within the life expectancy of
                              the Participant.

                          c.  For calendar years beginning after December 31,
                              1988, the amount to be distributed each year,
                              beginning with distributions for the first
                              distribution calendar year shall not be less than
                              the quotient obtained by dividing the
                              Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1) the
                              applicable life expectancy or (2) if the
                              Participant's spouse is not the designated
                              Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined
                              from the table set forth in Q&A-4 of Section
                              1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed Income Tax
                              Regulations.  Distributions after the death of the
                              Participant shall be distributed using the
                              applicable life expectancy in Section
                              6.05(D)(1)(a) above as the relevant divisor
                              without regard to proposed regulations
                              1.401(a)(9)-2. 

                          d.  The minimum distribution required for the
                              Participant's first distribution calendar year
                              must be made on or before the Participant's
                              required beginning date.  The minimum distribution
                              for other calendar years, including the minimum
                              distribution for the distribution calendar year in
                              which the Employee's required beginning date
                              occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of
                              that distribution calendar year.  

                     2.   Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is
                          distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from
                          an insurance company, distributions thereunder shall
                          be made in accordance with the requirements of
                          Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                          thereunder.  

                E.   DEATH DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS  

                     1.   Distribution Beginning Before Death - If the
                          Participant dies after distribution of his or her
                          interest has begun, the remaining portion of such
                          interest will continue to be distributed at least as
                          rapidly as under the method of distribution being
                          used prior to the Participant's death.  

                     2.   Distribution Beginning After Death - If the
                          Participant dies before distribution of his or her
                          interest begins, distribution of the Participant's
                          entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of
                          the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
                          the Participant's death except to the extent that an
                          election is made to receive distributions in
                          accordance with (a) or (b) below:  

                          a.  if any portion of the Participant's interest is
                              payable to a designated Beneficiary, distributions
                              may be made over the life or over a period certain
                              not greater than the life expectancy of the
                              designated Beneficiary commencing on or before
                              December 31 of the calendar year immediately
                              following the calendar year in which the
                              Participant died;  

                          b.  if the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's
                              surviving spouse, the date distributions are
                              required to begin in accordance with (a) above
                              shall not be earlier than the later of (1)
                              December 31 of the calendar year immediately
                              following the calendar year in which the
                              Participant dies or (2) December 31 of the
                              calendar year in which the Participant would have
                              attained age 70 1/2. 

                              If the Participant has not made an election
                              pursuant to this Section 6.05(E)(2) by the time of
                              his or her death, the Participant's designated
                              Beneficiary must elect the method of 


                                       32

<PAGE>


                              distribution no later than the earlier of (1) 
                              December 31 of the calendar year in which 
                              distributions would be required to begin under 
                              this Section 6.05(E)(2), or (2) December 31 of the
                              calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary
                              of the date of death of the Participant.  If the 
                              Participant has no designated Beneficiary, or if 
                              the designated Beneficiary does not elect a method
                              of distribution, distribution of the Participant's
                              entire interest must be completed by December 31
                              of the calendar year containing the fifth
                              anniversary of the Participant's death.

                     3.   For purposes of Section 6.06(E)(2) above, if the
                          surviving spouse dies after the Participant, but
                          before payments to such spouse begin, the provisions
                          of Section 6.06(E)(2), with the exception of
                          paragraph (b) therein, shall be applied as if the
                          surviving spouse were the Participant.

                     4.   For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), any amount paid
                          to a child of the Participant will be treated as if
                          it had been paid to the surviving spouse if the
                          amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when
                          the child reaches the age of majority.

                     5.   For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), distribution of
                          a Participant's interest is considered to begin on
                          the Participant's required beginning date (or, if
                          Section 6.06(E)(3) above is applicable, the date
                          distribution is required to begin to the surviving
                          spouse pursuant to Section 6.06(E)(2) above).  If
                          distribution in the form of an annuity irrevocably
                          commences to the Participant before the required
                          beginning date, the date distribution is considered
                          to begin is the date distribution actually commences.

                F.   DEFINITIONS

                     1.   Applicable Life Expectancy - The life expectancy (or
                          joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated using
                          the attained age of the Participant (or designated
                          Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or designated
                          Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar
                          year reduced by one for each calendar year which has
                          elapsed since the date life expectancy was first
                          calculated.  If life expectancy is being
                          recalculated, the applicable life expectancy shall be
                          the life expectancy as so recalculated.  The
                          applicable calendar year shall be the first
                          distribution calendar year, and if life expectancy is
                          being recalculated such succeeding calendar year.   

                     2.   Designated Beneficiary - The individual who is
                          designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in
                          accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                          regulations thereunder.  

                     3.   Distribution Calendar Year - A calendar year for
                          which a minimum distribution is required.  For
                          distributions beginning before the Participant's
                          death, the first distribution calendar year is the
                          calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year
                          which contains the Participant's required beginning
                          date.  For distributions beginning after the
                          Participant's death, the first distribution calendar
                          year is the calendar year in which distributions are
                          required to begin pursuant to Section 6.05(E) above.  

                     4.   Life Expectancy - Life expectancy and joint and last
                          survivor expectancy are computed by use of the
                          expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of
                          Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.  

                          Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or
                          spouse, in the case of distributions described in
                          Section 6.05(E)(2)(b) above) by the time
                          distributions are required to begin, life
                          expectancies shall be recalculated annually.  Such
                          election shall be irrevocable as to the Participant
                          (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years. 
                          The life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may
                          not be recalculated.  

                     5.   Participant's Benefit  

                          a.  The account balance as of the last valuation date
                              in the valuation calendar year (the calendar year
                              immediately preceding the distribution calendar
                              year) increased by the amount of any Contributions
                              or Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as
                              of dates in the valuation calendar year after the
                              valuation date and decreased by distributions made
                              in the valuation calendar year after the valuation
                              date.  
                          b.  Exception for second distribution calendar year. 
                              For purposes of paragraph (a) above, if any
                              portion of the minimum distribution for the first
                              distribution calendar year is made in the second
                              distribution calendar year on or before the
                              required beginning date, the amount of the minimum
                              distribution made in the second distribution
                              calendar year shall be treated as if it had been
                              made in the immediately preceding distribution
                              calendar year.  


                                       33

<PAGE>

                     6.   Required Beginning Date

                          a.  General Rule - The required beginning date of a
                              Participant is the first day of April of the
                              calendar year following the calendar year in which
                              the Participant attains age 70 1/2.  

                          b.  Transitional Rules - The required beginning date
                              of a Participant who attains age 70 1/2 before
                              January 1, 1988, shall be determined in accordance
                              with (1) or (2) below:  

                              (1)  Non 5% Owners - The required beginning date
                                   of a Participant who is not a 5% owner is the
                                   first day of April of the calendar year
                                   following the calendar year in which the
                                   later of retirement or attainment of age
                                   70 1/2 occurs. 

                              (2)  5% Owners - The required beginning date of a
                                   Participant who is a 5% owner during any year
                                   beginning after December 31, 1979, is the
                                   first day of April following the later of:  
                                   (a)  the calendar year in which the
                                        Participant attains age 70 1/2, or

                                   (b)  the earlier of the calendar year with or
                                        within which ends the Plan Year in which
                                        the Participant becomes a 5% owner, or
                                        the calendar year in which the
                                        Participant retires. 

                                   The required beginning date of a Participant
                                   who is not a 5% owner who attains age 70 1/2
                                   during 1988 and who has not retired as of
                                   January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.  

                          c.  5% Owner - A Participant is treated as a 5% owner
                              for purposes of this Section 6.06(F)(6) if such
                              Participant is a 5% owner as defined in Section
                              416(i) of the Code (determined in accordance with
                              Section 416 but without regard to whether the Plan
                              is top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year
                              ending with or within the calendar year in which
                              such owner attains age 66 1/2 or any subsequent
                              Plan Year.  

                          d.  Once distributions have begun to a 5% owner under
                              this Section 6.06(F)(6) they must continue to be
                              distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be
                              a 5% owner in a subsequent year.  

                G.   TRANSITIONAL RULE

                     1.   Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                          Section 6.06 and subject to the requirements of
                          Section 6.05, Joint and Survivor Annuity
                          Requirements, distribution on behalf of any Employee,
                          including a 5% owner, may be made in accordance with
                          all of the following requirements (regardless of when
                          such distribution commences):

                          a.  The distribution by the Fund is one which would
                              not have qualified such Fund under Section
                              401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect prior to
                              amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

                          b.  The distribution is in accordance with a method of
                              distribution designated by the Employee whose
                              interest in the Fund is being distributed or, if
                              the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such
                              Employee.

                          c.  Such designation was in writing, was signed by the
                              Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before
                              January 1, 1984.

                          d.  The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan
                              as of December 31, 1983.
       
                          e.  The method of distribution designated by the
                              Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at
                              which distribution will commence, the period over
                              which distributions will be made, and in the case
                              of any distribution upon the Employee's death, the
                              Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of
                              priority.

                     2.   A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
                          transitional rule unless the information in the
                          designation contains the required information
                          described above with respect to the distributions to
                          be made upon the death of the Employee.

                     3.   For any distribution which commences before January
                          1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the
                          Employee, or the Beneficiary, to whom such
                          distribution is being made, will be presumed 


                                       34

<PAGE>

                          to have designated the method of distribution under 
                          which the distribution is being made if the method of
                          distribution was specified in writing and the
                          distribution satisfies the requirements in Sections
                          6.06(G)(1)(a) and (e).

                     4.   If a designation is revoked, any subsequent
                          distribution must satisfy the requirements of Section
                          401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. 
                          If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date
                          distributions are required to begin, the Plan must
                          distribute by the end of the calendar year following
                          the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the
                          total amount not yet distributed which would have
                          been required to have been distributed to satisfy
                          Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                          thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2) election. 
                          For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988,
                          such distributions must meet the minimum distribution
                          incidental benefit requirements in Section
                          1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed Income Tax Regulations. 
                          Any changes in the designation will be considered to
                          be a revocation of the designation.  However, the
                          mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary
                          (one not named in the designation) under the
                          designation will not be considered to be a revocation
                          of the designation, so long as such substitution or
                          addition does not alter the period over which
                          distributions are to be made under the designation,
                          directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the
                          relevant measuring life).  In the case in which an
                          amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to
                          another plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall
                          apply.

       6.07     ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan (if permitted
                or required by this Section 6) must be nontransferable.  The
                terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the
                Plan to a Participant or spouse shall comply with the
                requirements of the Plan.

       6.08     LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
                If the Adoption Agreement so indicates, a Participant may
                receive a loan from the Fund, subject to the following rules:
                A.   Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a
                     reasonably equivalent basis.

                B.   Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated
                     Employees (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) in an
                     amount greater than the amount made available to other
                     Employees.

                C.   Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable
                     interest rate.

                D.   No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of the
                     Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account.

                E.   A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her
                     spouse, if any, to the use of the Individual Account as
                     security for the loan.  Spousal consent shall be obtained
                     no earlier than the beginning of the 90 day period that
                     ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. 
                     The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the
                     effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a plan
                     representative or notary public.  Such consent shall
                     thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting
                     spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. 
                     A new consent shall be required if the account balance is
                     used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other
                     revision of the loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
                     spousal consent is necessary if, at the time the loan is
                     secured, no consent would be required for a distribution
                     under Section 417(a)(2)(B).  In addition, spousal consent
                     is not required if the Plan or the Participant is not
                     subject to Section 401(a)(11) at the time the Individual
                     Account is used as security, or if the total Individual
                     Account subject to the security is less than or equal to
                     $3,500.

                F.   In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and
                     attachment of security will not occur until a
                     distributable event occurs in the Plan.  Notwithstanding
                     the preceding sentence, a Participant's default on a loan
                     will be treated as a distributable event and as soon as
                     administratively feasible after the default, the
                     Participant's Vested Individual Account will be reduced by
                     the lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued
                     interest) or the amount secured.  If this Plan is a 401(k)
                     plan, then to the extent the loan is attributable to a
                     Participant's Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
                     Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, the
                     Participant's Individual Account will not be reduced
                     unless the Participant has attained age 59 1/2 or has
                     another distributable event.  A Participant will be deemed
                     to have consented to the provision at the time the loan is
                     made to the Participant.

                G.   No loans will be made to any shareholder-employee or
                     Owner-Employee.  For purposes of this requirement, a
                     shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of an
                     electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who
                     owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
                     Section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during the
                     taxable year of such corporation, more than 5% of the
                     outstanding stock of the corporation.

                     If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance
                     with 6.08(E), then, notwithstanding any other provisions
                     of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's Vested
                     Individual Account used as a security interest held by the
                     Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant
                     shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
                     the amount of the account balance payable at the time of
                     death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used
                     as repayment of the loan.  If less than 100% of the
                     Participant's Vested Individual Account (determined
                     without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to
                     the surviving spouse, then the account 


                                       35

<PAGE>


                     balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested 
                     Individual Account by the amount of the security used as 
                     repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit 
                     payable to the surviving spouse.

                     To avoid taxation to the Participant, no loan to any
                     Participant can be made to the extent that such loan  when
                     added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the
                     Participant would exceed the lesser of (a) $50,000 reduced
                     by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance
                     of loans during the one year period ending on the day
                     before the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of
                     loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b)
                     50% of the present value of the nonforfeitable Individual
                     Account of the Participant or, if greater, the total
                     Individual Account up to $10,000.  For the purpose of the
                     above limitation, all loans from all plans of the Employer
                     and other members of a group of employers described in
                     Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code are
                     aggregated.  Furthermore, any loan shall by its terms
                     require that repayment (principal and interest) be
                     amortized in level payments, not less frequently than
                     quarterly, over a period not extending beyond 5 years from
                     the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire
                     a dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined
                     at the time the loan is made) will be used as the
                     principal residence of the Participant.  An assignment or
                     pledge of any portion of the Participant's interest in the
                     Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any
                     insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will be
                     treated as a loan under this paragraph.

                     The Plan Administrator shall administer the loan program
                     in accordance with a written document.  Such written
                     document shall include, at a minimum, the following: (i)
                     the identity of the person or positions authorized to
                     administer the Participant loan program; (ii) the
                     procedure for applying for loans; (iii) the basis on which
                     loans will be approved or denied; (iv) limitations (if
                     any) on the types and amounts of loans offered; (v) the
                     procedure under the program for determining a reasonable
                     rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral which may
                     secure a Participant loan; and (vii) the events
                     constituting default and the steps that will be taken to
                     preserve Plan assets in the event of such default.

       6.09     DISTRIBUTION IN KIND
                The Plan Administrator may cause any distribution under this
                Plan to be made either in a form actually held in the Fund, or
                in cash by converting assets other than cash into cash, or in
                any combination of the two foregoing ways.

       6.10     DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS
                A.   DIRECT ROLLOVER OPTION
                     This Section applies to distributions made on or after
                     January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the
                     Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
                     distributee's election under this Section, a distributee
                     may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the
                     Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible
                     rollover distribution that is equal to at least $500 paid
                     directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
                     distributee in a direct rollover.

                B.   DEFINITIONS

                     1.   Eligible rollover distribution - An eligible rollover
                          distribution is any distribution of all or any
                          portion of the balance to the credit of the
                          distributee, except that an eligible rollover
                          distribution does not include:  

                          a.  any distribution that is one of a series of
                              substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                              frequently than annually) made for the life (or
                              life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
                              lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
                              distributee and the distributee's designated
                              Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten
                              years or more; 

                          b.  any distribution to the extent such distribution
                              is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;

                          c.  the portion of any other distribution that is not
                              includible in gross income (determined without
                              regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                              appreciation with respect to employer securities);
                              and

                          d.  any other distribution(s) that is reasonably
                              expected to total less than $200 during a year.

                     2.   Eligible retirement plan - An eligible retirement
                          plan is an individual retirement account described in
                          Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement
                          annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
                          annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code,
                          or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of
                          the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible
                          rollover distribution.  However, in the case of an
                          eligible rollover distribution to the surviving
                          spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual
                          retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                     3.   Distributee - A distributee includes an Employee or
                          former Employee.  In addition, the Employee's or
                          former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's
                          or former Employee's spouse or former 

                                      36
<PAGE>

                          spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified 
                          domestic relations order, as defined in Section 
                          414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to 
                          the interest of the spouse or former spouse.  

                     4.   Direct rollover - A direct rollover is a payment by 
                          the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified 
                          by the distributee.

       6.11     PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES 
                The Plan Administrator must use all reasonable measures to 
                locate Participants or Beneficiaries who are entitled to 
                distributions from the Plan.  In the event that the Plan 
                Administrator cannot locate a Participant or Beneficiary who 
                is entitled to a distribution from the Plan after using all 
                reasonable measures to locate him or her, the Plan 
                Administrator may, consistent with applicable laws, 
                regulations and other pronouncements under ERISA, use any 
                reasonable procedure to dispose of distributable plan assets, 
                including any of the following:  (1) establish a bank account 
                for and in the name of the Participant or Beneficiary and 
                transfer the assets to such bank account, (2) purchase an 
                annuity contract with the assets in the name of the 
                Participant or Beneficiary, or (3) after the expiration of 5 
                years after the benefit becomes payable, treat the amount 
                distributable as a Forfeiture and allocate it in accordance 
                with the terms of the Plan and if the Participant or 
                Beneficiary is later located, restore such benefit to the 
                Plan.

SECTION SEVEN   CLAIMS PROCEDURE  

       7.01     FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS 
                A Participant or Beneficiary who desires to make a claim for 
                the Vested portion of the Participant's Individual Account 
                shall file a written request with the Plan Administrator on a 
                form to be furnished to him or her by the Plan Administrator 
                for such purpose.  The request shall set forth the basis of 
                the claim.  The Plan Administrator is authorized to conduct 
                such examinations as may be necessary to facilitate the 
                payment of any benefits to which the Participant or 
                Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of the Plan.  

       7.02     DENIAL OF CLAIM
                Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant 
                or Beneficiary has been wholly or partially denied, the Plan 
                Administrator must furnish such Participant or Beneficiary 
                written notice of the denial within 60 days of the date the 
                original claim was filed.  This notice shall set forth the 
                specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to 
                pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a 
                description of any additional information or material needed 
                to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such additional 
                information or material is necessary and an explanation of 
                the procedures for appeal.  

       7.03     REMEDIES AVAILABLE
                The Participant or Beneficiary shall have 60 days from receipt
                of the denial notice in which to make written application for
                review by the Plan Administrator.  The Participant or
                Beneficiary may request that the review be in the nature of a
                hearing.  The Participant or Beneficiary shall have the right
                to representation, to review pertinent documents and to submit
                comments in writing.  The Plan Administrator shall issue a
                decision on such review within 60 days after receipt of an
                application for review as provided for in Section 7.02.  Upon a
                decision unfavorable to the Participant or Beneficiary, such
                Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to bring such
                actions in law or equity as may be necessary or appropriate to
                protect or clarify his or her right to benefits under this
                Plan.


SECTION EIGHT   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR 

       8.01     EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
                A.   The Employer shall be the Plan Administrator unless the
                     managing body of the Employer designates a person or
                     persons other than the Employer as the Plan Administrator
                     and so notifies the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).
                     The Employer shall also be the Plan Administrator if the
                     person or persons so designated cease to be the Plan
                     Administrator.  The Employer may establish an
                     administrative committee that will carry out the Plan
                     Administrator's duties.  Members of the administrative
                     committee may allocate the Plan Administrator's duties
                     among themselves.

                B.   If the managing body of the Employer designates a person
                     or persons other than the Employer as Plan Administrator,
                     such person or persons shall serve at the pleasure of the
                     Employer and shall serve pursuant to such procedures as
                     such managing body may provide.  Each such person shall be
                     bonded as may be required by law.

       8.02     POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
                A.   The Plan Administrator may, by appointment, allocate the
                     duties of the Plan Administrator among several individuals
                     or entities.  Such appointments shall not be effective
                     until the party designated accepts such appointment in
                     writing.


                                       37

<PAGE>

                B.   The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to control
                     and manage the operation and administration of the Plan.
                     The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan for the
                     exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
                     Beneficiaries in accordance with the specific terms of the
                     Plan.

                C.   The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of
                     the general administration of the Plan, including, but not
                     limited to, the following:

                     1.   To determine all questions of interpretation or
                          policy in a manner consistent with the Plan's
                          documents and the Plan Administrator's construction
                          or determination in good faith shall be conclusive
                          and binding on all persons except as otherwise
                          provided herein or by law.  Any interpretation or
                          construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory
                          manner and shall be consistent with the intent that
                          the Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan
                          under the terms of Section 401(a) of the Code, as
                          amended from time-to-time, and shall comply with the
                          terms of ERISA, as amended from time-to-time;

                     2.   To determine all questions relating to the
                          eligibility of Employees to become or remain
                          Participants hereunder;

                     3.   To compute the amounts necessary or desirable to be
                          contributed to the Plan;

                     4.   To compute the amount and kind of benefits to which a
                          Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled under
                          the Plan and to direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                          applicable) with respect to all disbursements under
                          the Plan, and, when requested by the Trustee (or
                          Custodian), to furnish the Trustee (or Custodian)
                          with instructions, in writing, on matters pertaining
                          to the Plan and the Trustee (or Custodian) may rely
                          and act thereon;

                     5.   To maintain all records necessary for the
                          administration of the Plan;

                     6.   To be responsible for preparing and filing such
                          disclosure and tax forms as may be required from
                          time-to-time by the Secretary of Labor or the
                          Secretary of the Treasury; and

                     7.   To furnish each Employee, Participant or Beneficiary
                          such notices, information and reports under such
                          circumstances as may be required by law.

                D.   The Plan Administrator shall have all of the powers
                     necessary or appropriate to accomplish his or her duties
                     under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the
                     following:

                     1.   To appoint and retain such persons as may be
                          necessary to carry out the functions of the Plan
                          Administrator;

                     2.   To appoint and retain counsel, specialists or other
                          persons as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or
                          advisable in the administration of the Plan;

                     3.   To resolve all questions of administration of the
                          Plan;

                     4.   To establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules
                          which it deems necessary to carry out the terms of
                          the Plan;

                     5.   To make any adjustments in a uniform and
                          nondiscriminatory manner which it deems necessary to
                          correct any arithmetical or accounting errors which
                          may have been made for any Plan Year; and

                     6.   To correct any defect, supply any omission or
                          reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to
                          such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable
                          to carry out the purpose of the Plan.

       8.03     EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION
                All reasonable expenses of administration including, but not 
                limited to, those involved in retaining necessary 
                professional assistance may be paid from the assets of the 
                Fund. Alternatively, the Employer may, in its discretion, pay 
                any or all such expenses.  Pursuant to uniform and 
                nondiscriminatory rules that the Plan Administrator may 
                establish from time-to-time, administrative expenses and 
                expenses unique to a particular Participant may be charged to 
                a Participant's Individual Account or the Plan Administrator 
                may allow Participants to pay such fees outside of the Plan.  
                The Employer shall furnish the Plan Administrator with such 
                clerical and other assistance as the Plan Administrator may 
                need in the performance of his or her duties.

       8.04     INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
                To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his or her 
                duties, the Employer shall supply full and timely information 
                to the Plan Administrator (or his or her designated agents) 
                on all matters relating to the Compensation of all 
                Participants, their 


                                       38

<PAGE>

                regular employment, retirement, death, Disability or 
                Termination of Employment, and such other pertinent facts as 
                the Plan Administrator (or his or her agents) may require.  
                The Plan Administrator shall advise the Trustee (or 
                Custodian, if applicable) of such of the foregoing facts as 
                may be pertinent to the Trustee's (or Custodian's) duties 
                under the Plan.  The Plan Administrator (or his or her 
                agents) is entitled to rely on such information as is 
                supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or 
                responsibility to verify such information.

SECTION NINE    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 

       9.01     RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN
                A.   The Employer, by adopting the Plan, expressly delegates 
                     to the Prototype Sponsor the power, but not the duty, to 
                     amend the Plan without any further action or consent of 
                     the Employer as the Prototype Sponsor deems necessary 
                     for the purpose of adjusting the Plan to comply with all 
                     laws and regulations governing pension or profit sharing 
                     plans. Specifically, it is understood that the 
                     amendments may be made unilaterally by the Prototype 
                     Sponsor.  However, it shall be understood that the  
                     Prototype Sponsor shall be under no obligation to amend 
                     the Plan documents and the Employer expressly waives any 
                     rights or claims against the Prototype Sponsor for not 
                     exercising this power to amend. For purposes of 
                     Prototype Sponsor amendments, the mass submitter shall 
                     be recognized as the agent of the Prototype Sponsor.  If 
                     the Prototype Sponsor does not adopt the amendments made 
                     by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical to 
                     or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.

                B.   An amendment by the Prototype Sponsor shall be
                     accomplished by giving written notice to the Employer of
                     the amendment to be made.  The notice shall set forth the
                     text of such amendment and the date such amendment is to
                     be effective.  Such amendment shall take effect unless
                     within the 30 day period after such notice is provided, or
                     within such shorter period as the notice may specify, the
                     Employer gives the Prototype Sponsor written notice of
                     refusal to consent to the amendment.  Such written notice
                     of refusal shall have the effect of withdrawing the Plan
                     as a prototype plan and shall cause the Plan to be
                     considered an individually designed plan.  The right of
                     the Prototype Sponsor to cause the Plan to be amended
                     shall terminate should the Plan cease to conform as a
                     prototype plan as provided in this or any other section.

       9.02     RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN
                The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the
                Adoption Agreement; (2) add overriding language in the Adoption
                Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy Section
                415 or Section 416 of the Code because of the required
                aggregation of multiple plans; and (3) add certain model
                amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which
                specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the
                Plan to be treated as individually designed.  An Employer that
                amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the
                minimum funding requirement under Section 412(d) of the Code,
                will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will be
                considered to have an individually designed plan.

                An Employer who wishes to amend the Plan to change the options
                it has chosen in the Adoption Agreement must complete and
                deliver a new Adoption Agreement to the Prototype Sponsor and
                Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).  Such amendment shall
                become effective upon execution by the Employer and Trustee (or
                Custodian).

                The Employer further reserves the right to replace the Plan in
                its entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the
                Employer designates as a replacement plan.

       9.03     LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND
                No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that
                it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued
                benefit.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a
                Participant's Individual Account may be reduced to the extent
                permitted under Section 412(c)(8) of the Code.  For purposes of
                this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the effect of
                decreasing a Participant's Individual Account or eliminating an
                optional form of benefit with respect to benefits attributable
                to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an
                accrued benefit.  Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a
                Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a
                Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is
                adopted or the date it becomes effective, the Vested percentage
                (determined as of such date) of such Employee's Individual
                Account derived from Employer Contributions will not be less
                than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
                such amendment.

       9.04     AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE
                If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is 
                amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the 
                computation of the Participant's Vested percentage, or if the 
                Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a 
                top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least 3 
                Years of Vesting Service with the Employer may elect, within 
                the time set forth below, to have the Vested percentage 
                computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

                For Participants who do not have at least 1 Hour of Service in
                any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding
                sentence shall be applied by substituting "5 Years of Vesting
                Service" for "3 Years of Vesting Service" where such language
                appears.  


                                       39

<PAGE>

                The Period during which the election may be made shall commence
                with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and
                shall end the later of:

                A.   60 days after the amendment is adopted;

                B.   60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

                C.   60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of
                     the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

       9.05     PERMANENCY
                The Employer expects to continue this Plan and make the
                necessary contributions thereto indefinitely, but such
                continuance and payment is not assumed as a contractual
                obligation.  Neither the Adoption Agreement nor the Plan nor
                any amendment or modification thereof nor the making of
                contributions hereunder shall be construed as giving any
                Participant or any person whomsoever any legal or equitable
                right against the Employer, the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                applicable) the Plan Administrator or the Prototype Sponsor
                except as specifically provided herein, or as provided by law.

       9.06     METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION
                The Plan may be terminated by the Employer at any time by
                appropriate action of its managing body. Such termination shall
                be effective on the date specified by the Employer.  The Plan
                shall terminate if the Employer shall be dissolved, terminated,
                or declared bankrupt.  Written notice of the termination and
                effective date thereof shall be given to the Trustee (or
                Custodian), Plan Administrator, Prototype Sponsor, Participants
                and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants, and the required
                filings (such as the Form 5500 series and others) must be made
                with the Internal Revenue Service and any other regulatory body
                as required by current laws and regulations.  Until all of the
                assets have been distributed from the Fund, the Employer must
                keep the Plan in compliance with current laws and regulations
                by (a) making appropriate amendments to the Plan and (b) taking
                such other measures as may be required.

       9.07     CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER
                Notwithstanding the preceding Section 9.06, a successor of the
                Employer may continue the Plan and be substituted in the place
                of the present Employer.  The successor and the present
                Employer (or, if deceased, the executor of the estate of a
                deceased Self-Employed Individual who was the Employer) must
                execute a written instrument authorizing such substitution and
                the successor must complete and sign a new plan document.

       9.08     FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION
                If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status, the Plan will
                no longer be considered to be part of a prototype plan, and
                such Employer can no longer participate under this prototype. 
                In such event, the Plan will be considered an individually
                designed plan.


SECTION TEN     MISCELLANEOUS 

       10.01    STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS
                The terms and conditions of this Plan shall be applicable
                without regard to the community property laws of any state.

       10.02    HEADINGS
                The headings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of
                reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the
                provisions hereof.

       10.03    GENDER AND NUMBER
                Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender they
                shall be construed as though they were also used in the
                feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and
                whenever any words are used herein in the singular form they
                shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural
                form in all cases where they would so apply.

       10.04    PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
                In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or
                transfer of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other
                plan, each Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits
                immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if
                the Plan had then terminated) which are equal to or greater
                than the benefits he or she would have been entitled to receive
                immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if
                the Plan had then terminated).  The Trustee (or Custodian) has
                the authority to enter into merger agreements or agreements to
                directly transfer the assets of this Plan but only if such
                agreements are made with trustees or custodians of other
                retirement plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code.

       10.05    STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT
                The Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee and any other
                fiduciary under this Plan shall discharge their duties with
                respect to this Plan solely in the interests of Participants
                and their Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence and
                diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
                prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such
                matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
                character and with like aims.  No fiduciary shall cause the
                Plan to engage in any transaction known as a "prohibited
                transaction" under ERISA.


                                       40

<PAGE>

       10.06    GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES
                All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest
                whatsoever hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and
                execute any and all documents and papers which may be necessary
                or desirable for the carrying out of this Plan and any of its
                provisions.

       10.07    AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.
                This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors,
                administrators, successors and assigns, as those terms shall
                apply to any and all parties hereto, present and future.

       10.08    DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS 
                A.   For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this
                     Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following
                     conditions exist:

                     1.   If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and
                          this Plan is not part of any required aggregation
                          group or permissive aggregation group of plans.

                     2.   If this Plan is part of a required aggregation group
                          of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation
                          group and the top-heavy ratio for the group of plans
                          exceeds 60%.

                     3.   If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation
                          group and part of a permissive aggregation group of
                          plans and the top-heavy ratio for the permissive
                          aggregation group exceeds 60%.

                          For purposes of this Section 10.08, the following
                          terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                B.   KEY EMPLOYEE - Any Employee or former Employee (and the
                     Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the
                     determination period was an officer of the Employer if
                     such individual's annual compensation exceeds 50% of the
                     dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code,
                     an owner (or considered an owner under Section 318 of the
                     Code) of one of the 10 largest interests in the Employer
                     if such individual's compensation exceeds 100% of the
                     dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code,
                     a 5% owner of the Employer, or a 1% owner of the Employer
                     who has an annual compensation of more than $150,000. 
                     Annual compensation means compensation as defined in
                     Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts
                     contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction
                     agreement which are excludable from the Employee's gross
                     income under Section 125, Section 402(e)(3), Section
                     402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code.  The
                     determination period is the Plan Year containing the
                     determination date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

                          The determination of who is a Key Employee will be
                          made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code
                          and the regulations thereunder.

                C.   TOP-HEAVY RATIO

                     1.   If the Employer maintains one or more defined 
                          contribution plans (including any simplified 
                          employee pension plan) and the Employer has not 
                          maintained any defined benefit plan which during 
                          the 5-year period ending on the determination 
                          date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the 
                          top-heavy ratio for this Plan alone or for the 
                          required or permissive aggregation group as 
                          appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which 
                          is the sum of the account balances of all Key 
                          Employees as of the determination date(s) 
                          (including any part of any account balance 
                          distributed in the 5-year period ending on the 
                          determination date(s)), and the denominator of 
                          which is the sum of all account balances (including 
                          any part of any account balance distributed in the 
                          5-year period ending on the determination date(s)), 
                          both computed in accordance with Section 416 of the 
                          Code and the regulations thereunder.  Both the 
                          numerator and the denominator of the top-heavy 
                          ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not 
                          actually made as of the determination date, but 
                          which is required to be taken into account on that 
                          date under Section 416 of the Code and the 
                          regulations thereunder.

                     2.   If the Employer maintains one or more defined 
                          contribution plans (including any simplified 
                          employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains 
                          or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans 
                          which during the 5-year period ending on the 
                          determination date(s) has or has had any accrued 
                          benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any required or 
                          permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a 
                          fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of 
                          account balances under the aggregated defined 
                          contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, 
                          determined in accordance with (1) above, and the 
                          present value of accrued benefits under the 
                          aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all 
                          Key Employees as of the determination date(s), and 
                          the denominator of which is the sum of the account 
                          balances under the aggregated defined contribution 
                          plan or plans for all Participants, determined in 
                          accordance with (1) above, and the present value of 
                          accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or 
                          plans for all Participants as of the determination 
                          date(s), all determined in accordance with Section 
                          416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.  
                          The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan 
                          in both the 

                                       41
<PAGE>

                          numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio 
                          are increased for any distribution of an accrued 
                          benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the 
                          determination date.

                     3.   For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of 
                          account balances and the present value of accrued 
                          benefits will be determined as of the most recent 
                          valuation date that falls within or ends with the 
                          12-month period ending on the determination date, 
                          except as provided in Section 416 of the Code and 
                          the regulations thereunder for the first and second 
                          plan years of a defined benefit plan.  The account 
                          balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (a) 
                          who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key 
                          Employee in a Prior Year, or (b) who has not been 
                          credited with at least one Hour of Service with any 
                          employer maintaining the plan at any time during 
                          the 5-year period ending on the determination date 
                          will be disregarded.  The calculation of the 
                          top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which 
                          distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken 
                          into account will be made in accordance with 
                          Section 416 of the Code and the regulations 
                          thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will 
                          not be taken into account for purposes of computing 
                          the top-heavy ratio.  When aggregating plans the 
                          value of account balances and accrued benefits will 
                          be calculated with reference to the determination 
                          dates that fall within the same calendar year.

                          The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key
                          Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if
                          any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes
                          under all defined benefit plans maintained by the
                          Employer, or (b) if there is no such method, as if
                          such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the
                          slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional
                          rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

                     4.   Permissive aggregation group:  The required
                          aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or
                          plans of the Employer  which, when considered as a
                          group with the required aggregation group, would
                          continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections
                          401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

                     5.   Required aggregation group: (a) Each qualified plan
                          of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee
                          participates or participated at any time during the
                          determination period (regardless of whether the Plan
                          has terminated), and (b) any other qualified plan of
                          the Employer which enables a plan described in (a) to
                          meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of
                          the Code.

                     6.   Determination date:  For any Plan Year subsequent to
                          the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding
                          Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the
                          last day of that year.

                     7.   Valuation date:  For purposes of calculating the 
                          top-heavy ratio, the valuation date shall be the 
                          last day of each Plan Year.

                     8.   Present value:  For purposes of establishing the
                          "present value" of benefits under a defined benefit
                          plan to compute the top-heavy ratio, any benefit
                          shall be discounted only for mortality and interest
                          based on the interest rate and mortality table
                          specified for this purpose in the defined benefit
                          plan, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
                          Agreement.

       10.09    SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES
                If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
                Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this
                Plan is established and one or more other trades or businesses,
                this Plan and the plan established for other trades or
                businesses must, when looked at as a single plan, satisfy
                Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the employees of those
                trades or businesses.

                If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
                Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or
                businesses, the employees of the other trades or businesses
                must be included in a plan which satisfies Sections 401(a) and
                (d) of the Code and which provides contributions and benefits
                not less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under this
                Plan.

                If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the
                plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not
                controlled and the individual controls a trade or business,
                then the contributions or benefits of the employees under the
                plan of the trade or business which is controlled must be as
                favorable as those provided for him or her under the most
                favorable plan of the trade or business which is not
                controlled.

                For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or
                two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a
                trade or business if the Owner-Employee, or two or more 
                Owner-Employees, together:

                (A)  own the entire interest in a unincorporated trade or 
                     business, or

                (B)  in the case of a partnership, own more than 50% of either
                     the capital interest or the profit interest in the
                     partnership.

                                      42
<PAGE>

                For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or
                two or more Owner-Employees, shall be treated as owning any
                interest in a partnership which is owned, directly or
                indirectly, by a partnership which such Owner-Employee, or such
                two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to control within
                the meaning of the preceding sentence.

       10.10    INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
                No benefit or interest available hereunder will be subject to
                assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. 
                The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation,
                assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable
                with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations
                order, unless such order is determined to be a qualified
                domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the
                Code.

                Generally, a domestic relations order cannot be a qualified
                domestic relations order until January 1, 1985.  However, in
                the case of a domestic relations order entered before such
                date, the Plan Administrator:

                (1)  shall treat such order as a qualified domestic relations
                     order if such Plan Administrator is paying benefits
                     pursuant to such order on such date, and

                (2)  may treat any other such order entered before such date as
                     a qualified domestic relations order even if such order
                     does not meet the requirements of Section 414(p) of the
                     Code.

                Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
                distribution to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                relations order shall be permitted even if the Participant
                affected by such order is not otherwise entitled to a
                distribution and even if such Participant has not attained
                earliest retirement age as defined in Section 414(p) of the
                Code.

       10.11    CANNOT ELIMINATE PROTECTED BENEFITS
                Pursuant to Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, and the regulations
                thereunder, the Employer cannot reduce, eliminate or make
                subject to Employer discretion any Section 411(d)(6) protected
                benefit.  Where this Plan document is being adopted to amend
                another plan that contains a protected benefit not provided for
                in this document, the Employer may attach a supplement to the
                Adoption Agreement that describes such protected benefit which
                shall become part of the Plan.


SECTION ELEVEN  401(k) PROVISIONS

                In addition to Sections 1 through 10, the provisions of this
                Section 11 shall apply if the Employer has established a 401(k)
                cash or deferred arrangement (CODA) by completing and signing
                the appropriate Adoption Agreement.

       11.100   DEFINITIONS
                The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with
                initial capital letters shall, for the purposes of this Plan,
                have the meanings set forth below unless the context indicates
                that other meanings are intended.

       11.101   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP)
                Means, for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year,
                the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each
                Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer
                Contributions actually paid over to the Fund on behalf of such
                Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Participant's
                Compensation for such Plan Year (taking into account only that
                Compensation paid to the Employee during the portion of the
                Plan Year he or she was an eligible Participant, unless
                otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement).  For purposes
                of calculating the ADP, Employer Contributions on behalf of any
                Participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made
                pursuant to the Participant's deferral election, (including
                Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees), but
                excluding (a) Excess Elective Deferrals of Non-highly
                Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferrals
                made under the Plan or plans of this Employer and (b) Elective
                Deferrals that are taken into account in the Contribution
                Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with
                and without exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and (2) at
                the election of the Employer, Qualified Nonelective
                Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions.  For
                purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee
                who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Elective
                Deferrals shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no
                Elective Deferrals are made.

       11.102   AGGREGATE LIMIT
                Means the sum of (1) 125% of the greater of the ADP of the
                Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the
                Plan Year or the ACP of the Participants who are not Highly
                Compensated Employees under the Plan subject to Code Section
                401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the Plan Year
                of the CODA; and (2) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser
                of such ADP or ACP.  "Lesser" is substituted for "greater" in
                "(1)" above, and "greater" is substituted for "lesser" after
                "two plus the" in "(2)" if it would result in a larger
                Aggregate Limit.

       11.103   AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP)
                Means the average of the Contribution Percentages of the
                Eligible Participants in a group.

                                      43
<PAGE>

       11.104   CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT  
                Means a Participant who has enrolled as a Contributing
                Participant pursuant to Section 11.201 and on whose behalf the
                Employer is contributing Elective Deferrals to the Plan (or is
                making Nondeductible Employee Contributions).

       11.105   CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE  
                Means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the
                Participant's Contribution Percentage Amounts to the
                Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year (taking into
                account only the Compensation paid to the Employee during the
                portion of the Plan Year he or she was an eligible Participant,
                unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement).

       11.106   CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS
                Means the sum of the Nondeductible Employee Contributions,
                Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions
                made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan
                Year.  Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include
                Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct
                Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to
                which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions,
                Excess Aggregate Contributions or excess annual additions which
                are distributed pursuant to Section 11.508.  If so elected in
                the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may include Qualified
                Nonelective Contributions in the Contribution Percentage
                Amount.  The Employer also may elect to use Elective Deferrals
                in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so long as the ADP test
                is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test
                and continues to be met following the exclusion of those
                Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test.

       11.107   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 
                Means any Employer Contributions made to the Plan at the
                election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and
                shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
                agreement or other deferral mechanism.  With respect to any
                taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral is the sum of
                all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant
                pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified CODA as
                described in Section 401(k) of the Code, any simplified
                employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in
                Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation plan
                under Section 457, any plan as described under Section
                501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made on the behalf
                of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under
                Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. 
                Elective Deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly
                distributed as excess annual additions.

                No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals
                made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by
                the Employer, during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar
                limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at
                the beginning of such taxable year.

                Elective Deferrals may not be taken into account for purposes
                of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable to
                Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

       11.108   ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT
                Means any Employee who is eligible to make a Nondeductible
                Employee Contribution or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer
                takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the
                Contribution Percentage), or to receive a Matching Contribution
                (including Forfeitures thereof) or a Qualified Matching
                Contribution.

                If a Nondeductible Employee Contribution is required as a
                condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would
                be a Participant in the Plan if such Employee made such a
                contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Participant on
                behalf of whom no Nondeductible Employee Contributions are
                made.

       11.109   EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS 
                Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
                A.   The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into
                     account in computing the numerator of the Contribution
                     Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated
                     Employees for such Plan Year, over

                B.   The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by
                     the ACP test (determined by reducing contributions made on
                     behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their
                     Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of
                     such percentages).

                     Such determination shall be made after first determining
                     Excess Elective Deferrals pursuant to Section 11.111 and
                     then determining Excess Contributions pursuant to Section
                     11.110.

       11.110   EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
                Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
                A.   The aggregate amount of Employer Contributions actually
                     taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly
                     Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                B.   The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
                     ADP test (determined by reducing contributions made on
                     behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the
                     ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

                                      44
<PAGE>

       11.111   EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
                Means those Elective Deferrals that are includible in a
                Participant's gross income under Section 402(g) of the Code to
                the extent such Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable
                year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section. 
                Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as annual additions
                under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later
                than the first April 15 following the close of the
                Participant's taxable year.

       11.112   MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
                Means an Employer Contribution made to this or any other
                defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account
                of an Elective Deferral or a Nondeductible Employee
                Contribution made by such Participant under a plan maintained
                by the Employer.

                Matching Contributions may not be taken into account for
                purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement
                applicable to Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

       11.113   QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
                Means contributions (other than Matching Contributions or
                Qualified Matching Contributions) made by the Employer and
                allocated to Participants' Individual Accounts that the
                Participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed
                from the Plan; that are nonforfeitable when made; and that are
                distributable only in accordance with the distribution
                provisions that are applicable to Elective Deferrals and
                Qualified Matching Contributions.
                Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be taken into account
                for purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement
                applicable to Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

       11.114   QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 
                Means Matching Contributions which are subject to the
                distribution and nonforfeitability requirements under Section
                401(k) of the Code when made.

       11.115   QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
                Means a Contributing Participant who satisfies the requirements
                described in Section 11.302 to be entitled to receive a
                Matching Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a
                Plan Year.

       11.200   CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

       11.201   REQUIREMENTS TO ENROLL AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
                A.   Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements
                     specified in the Adoption Agreement may enroll as a
                     Contributing Participant as of any subsequent Entry Date
                     (or earlier if required by Section 2.03) specified in the
                     Adoption Agreement for this purpose.  A Participant who
                     wishes to enroll as a Contributing Participant must
                     complete, sign and file a salary reduction agreement (or
                     agreement to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions)
                     with the Plan Administrator.

                B.   Notwithstanding the times set forth in Section 11.201(A)
                     as of which a Participant may enroll as a Contributing
                     Participant, the Plan Administrator shall have the
                     authority to designate, in a nondiscriminatory manner,
                     additional enrollment times during the 12 month period
                     beginning on the Effective Date (or the date that Elective
                     Deferrals may commence, if later) in order that an orderly
                     first enrollment might be completed.  In addition, if the
                     Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that
                     Elective Deferrals may be based on bonuses, then
                     Participants shall be afforded a reasonable period of time
                     prior to the issuance of such bonuses to elect to defer
                     them into the Plan.

       11.202   CHANGING ELECTIVE DEFERRAL AMOUNTS
                A Contributing Participant may modify his or her salary
                reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible
                Employee Contributions) to increase or decrease (within the
                limits placed on Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee
                Contributions) in the Adoption Agreement) the amount of his or
                her Compensation deferred into the Plan.  Such modification may
                only be made as of the dates specified in the Adoption
                Agreement for this purpose, or as of any other more frequent
                date(s) if the Plan Administrator permits in a uniform and
                nondiscriminatory manner.  A Contributing Participant who
                desires to make such a modification shall complete, sign and
                file a new salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make
                Nondeductible Employee Contribution) with the Plan
                Administrator.  The Plan Administrator may prescribe such
                uniform and nondiscriminatory rules it deems appropriate to
                carry out the terms of this Section.

       11.203   CEASING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
                A Participant may cease Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible
                Employee Contributions) and thus withdraw as a Contributing
                Participant as of the dates specified in the Adoption Agreement
                for this purpose (or as of any other date if the Plan
                Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                manner) by revoking the authorization to the Employer to make
                Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions) on
                his or her behalf.  A Participant who desires to withdraw as a
                Contributing Participant shall give written notice of
                withdrawal to the Plan Administrator at least thirty days (or
                such lesser period of days as the Plan Administrator shall
                permit in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) before the
                effective date of withdrawal.  A Participant shall cease to be
                a Contributing Participant upon his or her Termination of
                Employment, or an account of termination of the Plan.

                                      45
<PAGE>

       11.204   RETURN AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT AFTER CEASING ELECTIVE
                DEFERRALS
                A Participant who has withdrawn as a Contributing Participant
                under Section 11.203 (or because the Participant has taken a
                hardship withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.503) may not again
                become a Contributing Participant until the dates set forth in
                the Adoption Agreement for this purpose, unless the Plan
                Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
                permits withdrawing Participants to resume their status as
                Contributing Participants sooner.

       11.205   CERTAIN ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS
                This Section 11.205 applies where the Employer has indicated in
                the Adoption Agreement that an Employee may make a one-time
                irrevocable election to have the Employer make contributions to
                the Plan on such Employee's behalf.  In such event, an Employee
                may elect, upon the Employee's first becoming eligible to
                participate in the Plan, to have contributions equal to a
                specified amount or percentage of the Employee's Compensation
                (including no amount of Compensation) made by the Employer on
                the Employee's behalf to the Plan (and to any other plan of the
                Employer) for the duration of the Employee's employment with
                the Employer.  Any contributions made pursuant to a one-time
                irrevocable election described in this Section are not treated
                as made pursuant to a cash or deferred election, are not
                Elective Deferrals and are not includible in an Employee's
                gross income.

                The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
                nondiscriminatory procedures as it deems necessary or advisable
                to administer this provision.

       11.300   CONTRIBUTIONS

       11.301   CONTRIBUTIONS BY EMPLOYER
                The Employer shall make contributions to the Plan in accordance
                with the contribution formulas specified in the Adoption
                Agreement.

       11.302   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                The Employer may elect to make Matching Contributions under the
                Plan on behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants as
                provided in the Adoption Agreement.  To be a Qualifying
                Contributing Participant for a Plan Year, the Participant must
                make Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee
                Contributions, if the Employer has agreed to match such
                contributions) for the Plan Year, satisfy any age and Years of
                Eligibility Service requirements that are specified for
                Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement and also
                satisfy any additional conditions set forth in the Adoption
                Agreement for this purpose.  In a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                manner, the Employer may make Matching Contributions at the
                same time as it contributes Elective Deferrals or at any other
                time as permitted by laws and regulations.

       11.303   QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
                The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective
                Contributions under the Plan on behalf of Participants as
                provided in the Adoption Agreement.

                In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions as
                provided in Section 11.505 of the Plan, or Excess Aggregate
                Contributions as provided in Section 11.506 of the Plan, and to
                the extent elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement,
                the Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Contributions on
                behalf of Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees
                that are sufficient to satisfy either the Actual Deferral
                Percentage test or the Average Contribution Percentage test, or
                both, pursuant to regulations under the Code.

       11.304   QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                The Employer may elect to make Qualified Matching Contributions
                under the Plan on behalf of Participants as provided in the
                Adoption Agreement.

       11.305   NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
                Notwithstanding Section 3.02, if the Employer so allows in the
                Adoption Agreement, a Participant may contribute Nondeductible
                Employee Contributions to the Plan.

                If the Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that
                Nondeductible Employee Contributions will be mandatory, then
                the Employer shall establish uniform and nondiscriminatory
                rules and procedures for Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                as it deems necessary and advisable including, but not limited
                to, rules describing in amounts or percentages of Compensation
                Participants may or must contribute to the Plan.

                A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator
                for the Nondeductible Employee Contributions for each
                Participant.

                A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the Plan
                Administrator, withdraw the lesser of the portion of his or her
                Individual Account attributable to his or her Nondeductible
                Employee Contributions or the amount he or she contributed as
                Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

                Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will
                be nonforfeitable at all times.  No Forfeiture will occur
                solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of Nondeductible
                Employee Contributions.

                                      46
<PAGE>

       11.400   NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING

       11.401   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST (ADP)
                A.   LIMITS ON HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES - The Actual
                     Deferral Percentage (hereinafter "ADP") for Participants
                     who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year
                     and the ADP for Participants who are not Highly
                     Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy
                     one of the following tests:

                     1.   The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP
                          for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25;
                          or

                     2.   The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP
                          for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0
                          provided that the ADP for Participants who are Highly
                          Compensated Employees does not exceed the ADP for
                          Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees
                          by more than 2 percentage points.

                B.   SPECIAL RULES

                     1.   The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly
                          Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is
                          eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
                          Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                          Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective
                          Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to
                          his or her Individual Accounts under two or more
                          arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code,
                          that are maintained by the Employer, shall be
                          determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if
                          applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                          or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were
                          made under a single arrangement.  If a Highly
                          Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash
                          or deferred arrangements that have different Plan
                          Years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with
                          or within the same calendar year shall be treated as
                          a single arrangement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                          certain plans shall be treated as separate if
                          mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under
                          Section 401(k) of the Code.

                     2.   In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                          requirements of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b)
                          of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other
                          plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
                          requirements of such sections of the Code only if
                          aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 11.401
                          shall be applied by determining the ADP of Employees
                          as if all such plans were a single plan.  For Plan
                          Years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
                          aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the
                          Code only if they have the same Plan Year.

                     3.   For purposes of determining the ADP of a Participant
                          who is a 5% owner or one of the 10 most highly paid
                          Highly Compensated Employees, the Elective Deferrals
                          (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                          Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as
                          Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) and
                          Compensation of such Participant shall include the
                          Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, Qualified
                          Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
                          Contributions, or both) and Compensation for the Plan
                          Year of family members (as defined in Section
                          414(q)(6) of the Code).  Family members, with respect
                          to such Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
                          disregarded as separate Employees in determining the
                          ADP both for Participants who are not Highly
                          Compensated Employees and for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees.

                     4.   For purposes of determining the ADP test, Elective
                          Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and
                          Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before
                          the last day of the 12 month period immediately
                          following the Plan Year to which contributions
                          relate.

                     5.   The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                          demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the
                          amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                          Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                          such test.

                     6.   The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of
                          any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements
                          as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                          Treasury.

                     7.   If the Employer elects to take Qualified Matching
                          Contributions into account as Elective Deferrals for
                          purposes of the ADP test, then (subject to such other
                          requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of
                          the Treasury) unless otherwise indicated in the
                          Adoption Agreement, only the amount of such Qualified
                          Matching Contributions that are needed to meet the
                          ADP test shall be taken into account.

                                       47
<PAGE>

                     8.   In the event that the Plan Administrator determines
                          that it is not likely that the ADP test will be
                          satisfied for a particular Plan Year  unless certain
                          steps are taken prior to the end of such Plan Year,
                          the Plan Administrator may require Contributing
                          Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees to
                          reduce their Elective Deferrals for such Plan Year in
                          order to satisfy  that requirement. Said reduction
                          shall also be required by the Plan Administrator in
                          the event that the Plan Administrator anticipates
                          that the Employer will not be able to deduct all
                          Employer Contributions from its income for Federal
                          income tax purposes.

       11.402   LIMITS ON NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING
                CONTRIBUTIONS
                A.   LIMITS ON HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES - The Average
                     Contribution Percentage (hereinafter "ACP") for
                     Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each
                     Plan Year and the ACP for Participants who are not Highly
                     Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy
                     one of the following tests:

                     1.   The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP
                          for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25;
                          or

                     2.   The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP
                          for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                          Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2,
                          provided that the ACP for the Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ACP
                          for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                          Employees by more than 2 percentage points.

                B.   SPECIAL RULES

                     1.   Multiple Use - If one or more Highly Compensated
                          Employees participate in both a CODA and a plan
                          subject to the ACP test maintained by the Employer
                          and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those Highly
                          Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests
                          exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then, as elected in the
                          Adoption Agreement, the ACP or the ADP of those
                          Highly Compensated Employees who also participate in
                          a CODA will be reduced (beginning with such Highly
                          Compensated Employee whose ACP (or ADP, if elected)
                          is the highest) so that the limit is not exceeded. 
                          The amount by which each Highly Compensated
                          Employee's Contribution Percentage Amounts (or ADP,
                          if elected) is reduced shall be treated as an Excess
                          Aggregate Contribution (or Excess Contribution, if
                          elected).  The ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated
                          Employees are determined after any corrections
                          required to meet the ADP and ACP tests.  Multiple use
                          does not occur if the ADP and ACP of the Highly
                          Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied
                          by the ADP and ACP of the Participants who are not
                          Highly Compensated Employees.

                     2.   For purposes of this Section 11.402, the Contribution
                          Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly
                          Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have
                          Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his or
                          her Individual Account under two or more plans
                          described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or
                          arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code
                          that are maintained by the Employer, shall be
                          determined as if the total of such Contribution
                          Percentage Amounts was made under each plan.  If a
                          Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or
                          more cash or deferred arrangements that have
                          different plan years, all cash or deferred
                          arrangements ending with or within the same calendar
                          year shall be treated as a single arrangement. 
                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be
                          treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated
                          under regulations under Section 401(m) of the Code.

                     3.   In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                          requirements of Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b)
                          of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other
                          plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
                          requirements of such Sections of the Code only if
                          aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be
                          applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of
                          Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. 
                          For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989,
                          plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section
                          401(m) of the Code only if they have the same Plan
                          Year.

                     4.   For purposes of determining the Contribution
                          Percentage of a Participant who is a 5% owner or one
                          of the 10 most highly paid Highly Compensated
                          Employees, the Contribution Percentage Amounts and
                          Compensation of such Participant shall include the
                          Contribution Percentage Amounts and Compensation for
                          the Plan Year of family members, (as defined in
                          Section 414(q)(6) of the Code). Family members, with
                          respect to Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
                          disregarded as separate Employees in determining the
                          Contribution Percentage both for Participants who are
                          not Highly Compensated Employees and for Participants
                          who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                     5.   For purposes of determining the Contribution
                          Percentage test, Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                          are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in
                          which contributed to the Fund.  Matching
                          Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                          will be considered made for a Plan Year if

                                       48
<PAGE>

                          made no later than the end of the 12 month period
                          beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

                     6.   The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                          demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the
                          amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                          Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                          such test.

                     7.   The determination and treatment of the Contribution
                          Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such
                          other requirements as may be prescribed by the
                          Secretary of the Treasury.

                     8.   If the Employer elects to take Qualified Nonelective
                          Contributions into account as Contribution Percentage
                          Amounts for purposes of the ACP test, then (subject
                          to such other requirements as may be prescribed by
                          the Secretary of the Treasury) unless otherwise
                          indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only the amount
                          of such Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are
                          needed to meet the ACP test shall be taken into
                          account.

                     9.   If the Employer elects to take Elective Deferrals
                          into account as Contribution Percentage Amounts for
                          purposes of the ACP test, then (subject to such other
                          requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of
                          the Treasury) unless otherwise indicated in the
                          Adoption Agreement, only the amount of such Elective
                          Deferrals that are needed to meet the ACP test shall
                          be taken into account.

       11.500   DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

       11.501   GENERAL RULE
                Distributions from the Plan are subject to the provisions of
                Section 6 and the provisions of this Section 11.  In the event
                of a conflict between the provisions of Section 6 and Section
                11, the provisions of Section 11 shall control.

       11.502   DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
                Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and
                Qualified Matching Contributions, and income allocable to each
                are not distributable to a Participant or his or her
                Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, in accordance with such
                Participant's or Beneficiary or Beneficiaries' election,
                earlier than upon separation from service, death or disability.

                Such amounts may also be distributed upon:

                A.   Termination of the Plan without the establishment of
                     another defined contribution plan, other than an employee
                     stock ownership plan (as defined in Section 4975(e) or
                     Section 409 of the Code) or a simplified employee pension
                     plan as defined in Section 408(k).

                B.   The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated
                     corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the
                     meaning of Section 409(d)(2) of the Code used in a trade
                     or business of such corporation if such corporation
                     continues to maintain this Plan after the disposition, but
                     only with respect to Employees who continue employment
                     with the corporation acquiring such assets.

                C.   The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of
                     such corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the
                     meaning of Section 409(d)(3) of the Code) if such
                     corporation continues to maintain this Plan, but only with
                     respect to Employees who continue employment with such
                     subsidiary.

                D.   The attainment of age 59 1/2 in the case of a profit
                     sharing plan.

                E.   If the Employer has so elected in the Adoption Agreement,
                     the hardship of the Participant as described in Section
                     11.503.

                     All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more
                     of the foregoing distributable events are subject to the
                     spousal and Participant consent requirements (if
                     applicable) contained in Section 401(a)(11) and 417 of the
                     Code.  In addition, distributions after March 31, 1988,
                     that are triggered by any of the first three events
                     enumerated above must be made in a lump sum.

       11.503   HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION
                A.   GENERAL - If the Employer has so elected in the Adoption
                     Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals (and any
                     earnings credited to a Participant's account as of the end
                     of the last Plan Year, ending before July 1, 1989) may be
                     made to a Participant in the event of hardship.  For the
                     purposes of this Section, hardship is defined as an
                     immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee where
                     such Employee lacks other available resources.  Hardship
                     distributions are subject to the spousal consent
                     requirements contained in Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of
                     the Code.

                B.   SPECIAL RULES

                                       49
<PAGE>

                     1.   The following are the only financial needs considered
                          immediate and heavy:  expenses incurred or necessary
                          for medical care, described in Section 213(d) of the
                          Code, of the Employee, the Employee's spouse or
                          dependents; the purchase (excluding mortgage
                          payments) of a principal residence for the Employee;
                          payment of tuition and related educational fees for
                          the next 12 months of post-secondary education for
                          the Employee, the Employee's spouse, children or
                          dependents; or the need to prevent the eviction of
                          the Employee from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage
                          of, the Employee's principal residence.

                     2.   A distribution will be considered as necessary to
                          satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the
                          Employee only if:

                          a.  The Employee has obtained all distributions, other
                              than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable
                              loans under all plans maintained by the Employer;

                          b.  All plans maintained by the Employer provide that
                              the Employee's Elective Deferrals (and
                              Nondeductible Employee Contributions) will be
                              suspended for 12 months after the receipt of the
                              hardship distribution;

                          c.  The distribution is not in excess of the amount of
                              an immediate and heavy financial need (including
                              amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state or
                              local income taxes or penalties reasonably
                              anticipated to result from the distribution); and

                          d.  All plans maintained by the Employer provide that
                              the Employee may not make Elective Deferrals for
                              the Employee's taxable year immediately following
                              the taxable year of the hardship distribution in
                              excess of the applicable limit under Section
                              402(g) of the Code for such taxable year less the
                              amount of such Employee's Elective Deferrals for
                              the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

       11.504   DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
                A.   GENERAL RULE - A Participant may assign to this Plan any
                     Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of
                     the Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator on or
                     before the date specified in the Adoption Agreement of the
                     amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to
                     the Plan.  A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan
                     Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise
                     by taking into account only those Elective Deferrals made
                     to this Plan and any other plans of the Employer.

                     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess
                     Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss
                     allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than
                     April 15 to any Participant to whose Individual Account
                     Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding
                     year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such
                     taxable year.

                B.   DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS - Excess Elective
                     Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to
                     the date of distribution.  The income of loss allocable to
                     Excess Elective Deferrals is the sum of :  (1) income or
                     loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral
                     account for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the
                     numerator of which is such Participant's Elective
                     Deferrals for the year and the denominator is the
                     Participant's Individual Account balance attributable to
                     Elective Deferrals  without regard to any income or loss
                     occurring during such taxable year; and (2) 10% of the
                     amount determined under (1) multiplied by the number of
                     whole calendar months between the end of the Participant's
                     taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the
                     month of distribution if distribution occurs after the
                     15th of such month.  Notwithstanding the preceding
                     sentence, the Plan Administrator may compute the income or
                     loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals in the manner
                     described in Section 4 (i.e., the usual manner used by the
                     Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants'
                     Individual Accounts), provided such method is used
                     consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
                     distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.

       11.505   DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
                A.   GENERAL RULE - Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                     Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any
                     loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than
                     the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose
                     Individual Accounts such Excess Contributions were
                     allocated for the preceding Plan Year.  If such excess
                     amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the
                     last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts
                     arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
                     maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.  Such
                     distributions shall be made to Highly Compensated
                     Employees on the basis of the respective portions of the
                     Excess Contributions attributable to each of such
                     Employees.  Excess Contributions of Participants who are
                     subject to the family member aggregation rules shall be
                     allocated among the family members in proportion to the
                     Elective Deferrals (and amounts treated as Elective
                     Deferrals) of each family member that is combined to
                     determine the combined ADP.

                     Excess Contributions (including the amounts
                     recharacterized) shall be treated as annual additions
                     under the Plan.

                                       50
<PAGE>

                B.   DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS  - Excess Contributions
                     shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the  date
                     of distribution.  The income or loss allocable to Excess
                     Contributions is the sum of:  (1) income or loss allocable
                     to Participant's Elective Deferral account (and, if
                     applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution account
                     or the Qualified Matching Contributions account or both)
                     for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
                     of which is such Participant's Excess Contributions for
                     the year and the denominator is the Participant's
                     Individual Account balance attributable to Elective
                     Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                     Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if any of such
                     contributions are included in the ADP test) without regard
                     to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year; and
                     (2) 10% of the amount determined under (1) multiplied by
                     the number of whole calendar months between the end of the
                     Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the month
                     of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of
                     such month.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
                     Plan Administrator may compute the income or loss
                     allocable to Excess Contributions in the manner described
                     in Section 4 (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for
                     allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
                     Accounts), provided such method is used consistently for
                     all Participants and for all corrective distributions
                     under the Plan for the Plan Year.

                C.   ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS - Excess Contributions
                     shall be distributed from the Participant's Elective
                     Deferral account and Qualified Matching Contribution
                     account (if applicable) in proportion to the Participant's
                     Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions
                     (to the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. 
                     Excess Contributions shall be distributed from the
                     Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution account
                     only to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed
                     the balance in the Participant's Elective Deferral account
                     and Qualified Matching Contribution account.

       11.506   DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS
                A.   GENERAL RULE - Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                     Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and
                     minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if
                     forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed no later
                     than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to
                     whose accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were
                     allocated for the preceding Plan Year.  Excess Aggregate
                     Contributions of Participants who are subject to the
                     family member aggregation rules shall be allocated among
                     the family members in proportion to the Employee and
                     Matching Contributions (or amounts treated as Matching
                     Contributions) of each family member that is combined to
                     determine the combined ACP.  If such Excess Aggregate
                     Contributions are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after
                     the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts
                     arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
                     maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts.

                     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as annual
                     additions under the Plan.

                B.   DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS - Excess Aggregate
                     Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss up
                     to the date of distribution.  The income or loss allocable
                     to Excess Aggregate Contributions is the sum of:  (1)
                     income or loss allocable to the Participant's
                     Nondeductible Employee Contribution account, Matching
                     Contribution account (if any, and if all amounts therein
                     are not used in the ADP test) and, if applicable,
                     Qualified Nonelective Contribution account and Elective
                     Deferral account for the Plan Year multiplied by a
                     fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's
                     Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year and the
                     denominator is the Participant's Individual Account
                     balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts
                     without regard to any income or loss occurring during such
                     Plan Year; and (2) 10% of the amount determined under (1)
                     multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between
                     the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution,
                     counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs
                     after the 15th of such month.  Notwithstanding the
                     preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator may compute the
                     income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions
                     in the manner described in Section 4 (i.e., the usual
                     manner used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to
                     Participants' Individual Accounts), provided such method
                     is used consistently for all Participants and for all
                     corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.

                C.   FORFEITURES OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS -
                     Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions may either
                     be reallocated to the accounts of Contributing
                     Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees or
                     applied to reduce Employer Contributions, as elected by
                     the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

                D.   ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS - Excess
                     Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable
                     or distributed on a pro rata basis from the Participant's
                     Nondeductible Employee Contribution account, Matching
                     Contribution account, and Qualified Matching Contribution
                     account (and, if applicable, the Participant's Qualified
                     Nonelective Contribution account or Elective Deferral
                     account, or both).

       11.507   RECHARACTERIZATION
                A Participant may treat his or her Excess Contributions as an
                amount distributed to the Participant and then contributed by
                the Participant to the Plan.  Recharacterized amounts will
                remain nonforfeitable and subject to the same distribution
                requirements as Elective Deferrals.  Amounts may not be
                recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent
                that such amount in combination with other Nondeductible
                Employee Contributions made by that Employee would exceed any
                stated limit under the Plan on Nondeductible Employee
                Contributions.

                                       51
<PAGE>

                Recharacterization must occur no later than two and one-half
                months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess
                Contributions arose and is deemed to occur no earlier than the
                date the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed in
                writing of the amount recharacterized and the consequences
                thereof.  Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the
                Participant for the Participant's tax year in which the
                Participant would have received them in cash.

       11.508   DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS IF EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS
                Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a
                Participant's Elective Deferrals shall be distributed to him or
                her to the extent that the distribution will reduce an excess
                annual addition (as that term is described in Section 3.05 of
                the Plan).

       11.600   VESTING

       11.601   100% VESTING ON CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS

                The Participant's accrued benefit derived from Elective
                Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible
                Employee Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions is
                nonforfeitable.  Separate accounts for Elective Deferrals,
                Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee
                Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching
                Contributions will be maintained for each Participant.  Each
                account will be credited with the applicable contributions and
                earnings thereon.

       11.602   FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                Matching Contributions shall be Vested in accordance with the
                vesting schedule for Matching Contributions in the Adoption
                Agreement.  In any event, Matching Contributions shall be fully
                Vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete or partial
                termination of the profit sharing plan, or upon the complete
                discontinuance of Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding any
                other provisions of the Plan, Matching Contributions or
                Qualified Matching Contributions must be forfeited if the
                contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective
                Deferrals, Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions
                or excess annual additions which are distributed pursuant to
                Section 11.508.  Such Forfeitures shall be allocated in
                accordance with Section 3.01(C).

                When a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, whether
                a Forfeiture arises with respect to Matching Contributions
                shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.01(D).

                                       52


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission